Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
GAS AND FIRE CONTROL PANELS AND REVIEW - 14-00352 - BYUI Science & Technology Bldg
State of Idaho DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE C.L. "BUTCH" OTTER 700 West State Street. 3rd Floor `Governor P.O. Box 83720 Boise, Idaho 83720-0043 Phone (208) 334-4370 KMUTE C. SANDAHL Fax (208) 334-4375 State Fire Marshal PLAN REVIEW FOR FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PROJECT: 13yv- IDA O r SC _ cit oL STREETADDRESS: S. CEwr6R S . CITY Reg 5 FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR: P 14ae1,4 t X ADDRESS: g130 .Atmzco T ¢vA© CITY: PJ ,fit t STATE: =©A,ytiG ZIP: &3&Z-7 PHONE NO: Z.6 $- q6 $ - Ct 6L5 FAX NO: -2,og_4teo 1—cj,1t3 SIGNATURE ON PLAN: .JAV t dRVANTFs—$ DATEONPLAN: Art6t ZaasS DATE PLAN RECEIVED: (o- /r DATE APPROVED: ITEM NO. NO. CODE REFERENCE DEFICIENCY NOTED i IT A4PEAtZ5 AIS}. A`Dprric, L µs7.0 -L3 RC45JO I I= :ZAse&AemT LeyAu w Rao kA i a t 13 4 'Rb o z -r%e -r€ A e7oR.5 -m Se 0vMSp t:r^4, crk-er'-L -, -,L AE.i,6p1% Ia 'G A ER"i b {'�N R�0lrtuhl'At.. 't��A.D i5'Rwu�O 14T eNTRY "3 ck"SRc6w. 2` SS QiftVzf Eb aJf%es /e-% w 1 Sy &1_i4'9rR-At n!Lr NOTE: SYSTEMS EXCEEDING 20 SPRINKLERS IN SIZE SHALL BE CONSTANTLY SUPERVISED AT A CENTRAL LOCATION - I.F.C. 903.4 NOTE: IT IS ACKNOWLEDGED THAT AN UNAPPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTER IS INSTALLED PER THE DEMAND OF THE LOCAL WATER PURVEYER. DUE TO THE HIGH PRUPORTED FAILURE RATE, STATE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE, AND ITS PERSONNEL, DOES NOT APPROVE OF OR TAKE ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE BACKFLOW DEVICE. REVIEWED BY: Mel Fletcher P.O. Box 8 Fairfield, Idaho 83327 PLANS REVIEWER: Mel Fletcher Ph: 208-764-2337 Fax: 208-764-2090 CC TO: Knute Sandabl Idaho Survey & Rating File A.H.J. M A pr so &4 (- l p e DC"7JT. APPROVED - If deficiencies notedabove are rrected and subject to a field inspection. DISAPPROVED -Resubmit with items noted corrected. El ADDITIONAL - Information requested 1/2015 C4145 - Invented 145 - www.boschsecLirity.corn (dtl` BOSCH GV4 panels are the premier commercial control panel line from Bosch. GV4 panels integrate intrusion, fire and access control providing one simple user interface for all systems. With the ability to adapt to large and small applications, the D9412GV4 provides up to 246 individually identified points that can be split into 32 areas. The control panel includes a communicator that sends events to selected public switched telephone network (PSTN), IP network, or cellular network destinations through four programmable route groups. With the D9412GV4 you can: • Monitor alarm points for intruder or fire alarms while operating keypads and other outputs • Program all system functions local or remote using Remote Programming Software (RPS) or by using basic programming through the keypad. • Add up to eight doors of access control using the optional D9210C Access Control Interface Module. Fully allows users to interface with one system instead of three Invented for Fife m Conettix IP -based communication options provide high-speed, secure alarm transport and control through connection of wired and/or cellular network interfaces s Up to 32 programmable areas, each supporting perimeter and interior points with your choice of touch screen, ATM style, or LED keypads > 246 hardwired, addressable or wireless points with flexible configuration options to meet multiple installation requirements oPTiONAL GV4 version 2.00 firmware upgrade available (NEW) Programmable Outputs • 2 A alarm power at 12 VDC • 1.4 A auxiliary power at 12 VDC • Four alarm -output patterns • Programmable bell test System Response • High-performance micro -controller provides industry-leading system response • High-speed device bus • 31 custom point indexes, including fire supervisory • Selectable point response time • Cross point capability • Fire alarm verification • Fire inspector's local test • Watch mode • Scheduled events (SKEDS) arm, disarm, bypass and unbypass points, control relays, control authority levels, and control door access User Interface • Supervision of up to 16 keypads • Remote Programming Software (RPS) Lite allows end users to perform control panel management tasks — Add/Delete/Change user passcodes and authorities, view and print the panel history event log • Custom keypad text is fully programmable, including remote programming • Full function command menu including Custom Functions • Authority by area and 16 -character name for each user • 14 custom authority levels control user's authority to change, add, or delete passcodes or access control credentials; to disarm or bypass points; and to start system tests Area Configurations Area programming offers a wide selection of different system configurations. Each area is assigned an account number to define annunciation, control, and reporting functions. Multiple areas can be linked to a shared area which is automatically controlled (hallway or lobby). Area arming can be conditional on other areas (master or associate). Any area can be configured for perimeter and interior arming, not requiring a separate area for this function. Custom Functions For added convenience, Custom Functions can be programmed to eliminate keystrokes for users allowing the installer to program an easy command for a complicate function. For example, a custom function can be written to bypass a group of points and arm the system, allowing the user to perform this function with one easy command. This can be used to control a particular room, or even a single door allowing customized access. In additions, Custom Functions can be activated with a token or card, or automatically as a scheduled event (SKED) providing further flexibility and ease of use. Door -Activated Custom Function A custom function activates when user credentials are presented to a D9210C Access Control Interface Module door controller's reader. The custom function behaves as though the user performed a function at the keypad associated with the door controller. Passcode Security For high security applications, GV4 can be configured for several different passcode options. • Dual Authentication — requires a user to enter their passcode and also use a token or card. • Two -Man Rule - Requires two people with two unique passcodes to be present at the time of opening. • Early Ambush - Allows users to verify that the facility is safe by requiring two passcode entries at different keypads within the same area, sending a duress event if the user does not enter the passcode a second time after inspecting the premises. Easy Exit Control The D9412GV4 Control Panel changes from one armed state to another armed state without disarming. For example, if you change the state from Perimeter Arm to Master Arm, the control panel complies and reports the change. Easy Exit Control reduces the number of keystrokes, simplifying system operation. Programmable Passcode-controlled Menu List The system prompts users to enter a passcode prior to viewing the keypad menu. The keypad display shows the user the menu options allowed according to the user's authority level. Passcode-controlled menus provide users only with the options and information pertinent to them, simplifying system operation. Flexible Control The system provides the flexibility to select added convenience or high security. For example, you can restrict passcode arming and disarming to a keypad's immediate local area, even if the user has access to other areas. This is particularly useful for high security areas, where a user may have access to the area, but would prefer to only disarm the area individually rather than with the rest of the system. Another option is to program the system to disarm all areasthe user can access from any keypad. Invisible Walk Test A menu item allows the user to test invisible 24-hour points within the scope of the keypad without sending a report to the central station. System Users The system supports up to 1000 users, each: can have a passcode, an access token and a wireless keyfob. User passcodes contain three to six digits. Passcodes can be assigned to one of 14 customized authority levels in each area, and can be restricted to operate only during certain times. Communication Formats The D9412GV4 Control Panel prioritizes and sends reports in Contact ID or Modem Ilia' communications formats to four route groups. Each group has a programmable primary and backup destination. The D9412GV4 provides flexible communications for most central stations with reporting capabilities such as: Individual point numbers Opening or closing reports by user and area number Remote programming attempts Diagnostic reports IP Communication The D9412GV4 uses the B426/13420 Connetix Ethernet Communication Module, DX4020 and/or the ITS-DX4020-G Cellular Communicator to communicate with the Conettix D6600 and D6100i Communications Receiver/Gateways. Using Conettix IP communication offers a secure path that includes anti-replay/anti- substitution features and provides enhanced security with encryption. The B420, DX4020 and ITS-DX4020-G can all be used for remote programming. GV4 is the first Security Control panel to support DNS (Domain Name System) for both remote programming and central station communication. DNS provides ease of use, eliminating the need to use static IP addresses as your reporting destination and accommodates a simple solution for central station disaster recovery. IP Setup is available via the installer keypad menus and the remote programming software, eliminating the need to use complicated internet programming tools such as ARP and Telnet. Communication Paths D9412GV4 Control Panels accommodate up to four separate destinations for primary, alternate, and backup receivers for automatic test reports. When resetting alarms or arming or disarming a system, the user is identified by name and number. Firmware Updates Remote firmware updates using the RPS Firmware Update wizard through the IP connection (B426/B420 Connetix Ethernet Communication Module) as well as an on-site flash update key, provides for easy feature enhancements without replacing ROM chips. *For GV4 version 2.00 firmware update information, refer to the, "GV4 version 2.00 firmware updates" datasheet to learn more about key enhancements, and supported products. A wide variety of input options Each point: • Accommodates normally -open (NO) and normally -closed INC) devices with end -of -line (EOL) resistor supervision. • Is programmable for fire, fire supervisory, or intrusion application. • Can be hard -wired, addressable, or wireless. Security and Fire Detection The D9412GV4 Control Panel provides eight on -board points, and up to 238 additional off -board points. You can program individual points to monitor all types of burglar alarms, fire alarms, and supervision devices. Access Control The D9412GV4 provides custom door strike, point shunt and auto disarming response by area. There are 14 panel -wide access levels with both manual and scheduled control. Store, view, or print access events such as: • Access granted No entry • Request to enter • Request to exit Wireless Interface The B820 SDI2 Inovonics Interface Module connects an Inovonics EN4200 Serial Receiver to the control panel SDI2 bus, allowing this UL Listed wireless system to be programmed locally via the panel keypad, as well as remotely through RPS. Event Log The event log stores up to 1,000 local and transmitted events. The event log includes time, date, event, area, point, user number, and transmission status. View the event log from a keypad or use RPS to remotely retrieve event information. RPS operators can retrieve events periodically using one call, rather than receiving several calls each day. When the event log reaches a programmed threshold of stored events, it can send an optional report to a receiver. Scheduled Events (SKEDS) The internal clock and calendar start individually scheduled events (SKEDS). SKEDS perform functions such as arm or disarm, relay control, or point bypassing. The D9412GV4 Control Panel offers: • 40 scheduled events with up to 25 different functions • Eight opening windows and eight closing windows • Eight user windows • Day -of -week, date -of -month, or holiday only schedules • Four holiday schedules of 366 days each (leap year) Fire Test When a user activates Fire Test Mode, the control panel suppresses all reports to the central station. The keypad and annunciator show all testing data. An automatic sensor reset feature saves time; you do not need to reset the sensors manually. At the end of test, the keypad shows the number of untested points. Programming, Diagnostics and Controls Installers can program locally or remotely through RPS as well as basic keypad programming. A programmable system passcode prevents unauthorized remote programming. Two Data Buses GV4 provides 2 data buses which support a wide array of components. The SDI bus supports keypads, access, and communications modules and also allows connection of existing components in a retrofit application. The new SDI2 bus supports input and output devices as well as a new wireless interface module, and an Ethernet communicator. SDI2 allows these devices to be mounted up to 1000 ft (305 m) from the control panel, providing installation convenience and flexibility. Commercial Fire Alarm Support Suitable for Commercial Fire (UL 864, 9th Edition) applications. USA: UL365 Police Station Connected Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL 609 Local Burglar Alarm Unit and Systems UL 636 (NEW) Holdup Alarm Units and Systems UL864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm ANET S1871, Holdup Alarm Unit, Systems (Commercial Fire) UL 985 Household Fire Warning System Units UL 1023 Household Burglar Alarm System Units UL 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL 1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Unit ANSI/SIA False Alarm Reduction CP -01:2010 FM 3010 Fire Alarm Signaling Systems CSFM California Office of The State Fire Marshall 7167-1615:0243 7167CONTROL 7165-1615:0242 Control Unit (Commercial) FCC Part 15 Class B, Part 68 Region Cartiircat7on USA UL Alarm l - 1871, Control Panels, Units; AMBTB. S '.- SIAFalse Alarm Reduction, -. ANET S1871, Holdup Alarm Unit, AOTX.S1871, Local Alarm Units, APAW.S1871; Police Station Alarm. Units, APOU.S 1871, Proprietary Alarm Units; NBSX.S1871, Household Burglar Alarm System Units, UOJZ S1871, Con- trol Units, System; UTOU 51871, Con- trol Units and Accessories, Household System Type - CSFM 7167-1615:0243 7167CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) CSFM 7165-1615:0242 7165 --FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) FDNY- #6102 UL8649th Edition[D9412GV4, CoA D7412GV41 Canada ULC ntation Alarm AMCX7.S1871-Central Udfo�Canada ULC APOU7 51871 Proprietary Alarm Unit Certified for Canada ULC APAW7.S1871 Police station connec ted Alarm Units Certified for Canada ULC NBSX7.S1871 Household Burglar Alarm System Units Certified for Canada ULC AOTX7.S1871 Local Alarm Units Certi- fied for Canada Brazil ANATEL 1083-12-1855 compatible Products Keypads D1265 Touch Screen Keypad D1255 Series Keypads D1260 Series Keypads D1256RB Fire Keypad D1257RB Remote Fire Alarm Annunciator D720 Series Keypads D279A Independent Zone Control Detectors D278S Four -wire Addressable Detector Base, 12 VDC D285/TH Photoelectric Smoke Detector Heads D298S Addressable Detector Base, 24 VDC D7050 Series Addressable Photoelectric Smoke and Smoke Heat Detector Heads F220-B6PM/S 12/24 VDC Addressable Detector Bases with POPITs FCC -380 Carbon Monoxide Detector MX775i Addressable PIR Detector MX794i Long Range Multiplex PIR Detector MX934i Addressable PIR Detector MX938i Addressable PIR Detector ZX776Z PIR Detector ZX794Z Long Range PIR Detector ZX835 TnTech Microwave/PIR Detector ZX935Z PIR Detector ZX938Z PIR Detector ZX970 PIR/Microwave Detector Bosch conventional detectors, including Professional Series, Blue Line Gent, Blue Line, Classic Line, Commercial Line, and Ceiling Mount motion detectors, as well as glass break, seismic, request -to -exit, photoelectric, heat, and smoke detectors. Enclosures D8103 Universal Enclosure D8108A Attack -resistant Enclosure D8109 Fire Enclosure Magnetic Contact Bosch magnetic contacts include recessed, terminal connection, miniature, overhead door, and surface mount. Modules Conettix B426 Ethernet Communication Module (NEW) 8208 Octo-input Module B308 Octo-outpuL Module B520 Auxiliary Power Supply Module (NEW) B820 SOP Inovonics Interface Module Conettix B420 Ethernet Communication Module Conettix ITS-DX4020-G Cellular Integrated Communicator Conettix DX4020 Network Interface Module Conettix DX4010V2 USB/Serial Interface Module Conettix C900V2 Dialer Capture Module D113 Battery Lead Supervision Module D125B Dual Class B Initiating Module D126 Standby Battery (12V, 7 Ah) D127 Reversing Relay Module D129 Class A Initiating Module D130 Auxiliary Relay Module D185 Reverse Polarity Signaling Module D161 Phone Cord D162 Phone Cord D 192G Notification Appliance Circuit Module D928 Phone Line Switcher D5060 MUX Programmer D8125 POPEX Point Expander D8128D OctoPOPIT EightpointExpander D8125MOX Point Expander D81251NV Wireless Interface Module D8129 Octo-relay Module D8130 Door Release Module D9127 Series POPIT Modules 09210CAccess Control Interface Module DS7432 Eight -input Remote Module DS7457i Series Single -zone Multiplex Input Modules DS7460i Two -input Module DS74611 Single -input Multiplex Module DS7465i Inputand Output Module ICP -SDI -9114 SDI Splitter Transformers D1640 Transformer D1640-CATransformer Programming RPS or RPS -LITE Remote Programming Software Readers ARD -R10 iCLASS Mullion Reader ARD -R40 iCLASS Switchplate Reader ARD-RK40-09 iCLASS PIN Reader ARD-VSMART iCLASS Reader D8223 Prox Pro Reader D8224 Mullion Reader D8224 -SP Switch Plate Reader D8225 Mini Mullion Reader D8301W Low -profile Proximity Readers Wireless Inovonics wireless 8820 SDI2 Inovonics Interface Module ENKIT-SDI2 Inovonics Interface and Receiver Kit. Includes 8820 and EN4200 EN 1210 Universal Transmitter (Single -input) EN1210EOL Universal Transmitter with EOL Resistor EN1210W Door -Window Transmitter with Reed Switch EN1215EQL Universal Transmitter with Wall Tamper, Reed Switch, and EOL Resistor EN1223D Water-resistant Pendant Transmitter (Double -button) EN 12235 Water-resistant Pendant Transmitter (Single -button) EN1224-ON Multiple -Condition Pendant Transmitter EN1233D Necklace Pendant Transmitter (Double -button) EN1233S Necklace Pendant Transmitter (Single -button) EN1235D Beltclip Pendant Transmitter (Double -button) EN1235DF Fixed -location Transmitter (Double -button) EN1235S Beltclip Pendant Transmitter (Single -button) EN1235SF Fixed -location Transmitter (Single -button) ENI 247 Glass -break Detector Transmitter EN 1249 Bill Trap Transmitter EN1242 Smoke Detector Transmitter EN1260 Wall Mount Motion Detector EN 1261 HT High Traffic Motion Detector EN1262 Motion Detector with Pet Immunity EM 1265 360° Ceiling Mount Motion Detector EN4200 Serial Receiver EN5040-T High Power Repeater with Transformer 1 The D9412GV4 includes the following parts: Quant. Component I D9412GV4 1 Faceplate with D9412GV4 Label Power Requirements 1 Literature pack - - -- -- Installation instructions Current Draw (Maximum): 300 mA • owners Manual --- --- - - Release Notes Output (Alarm): 2 A at 12 VDC 1 Literature CD containing all product literature output (Auxiliary, Continuous 1.4 A at 12 VDC nominal Power, and Switched Auxiliary The available kits come with the parts indicated in the following table: combined) Kits Voltage (Operating): �12VDCnommal _n .n -cAC . 16 5 VAC 40 VA plug-in Components D9412GV4 1 1 1 D122 Dual Battery Harness 1 D161 Dual Modular Phone Cord 2 D928 Dual Phone Line Switcher I D1640 Transformer 1 1 D8103 Enclosure 1 D8108A Attack -resistant Enclosure 1 D8109 fire Enclosure 1 D101 Lockand Key Set 1 1 D101F Lock and Key Set 1 MEEZIFEENSIVEMMM Communications Telephone One telephone line Connection: D928 Dual Phone Line Module required for two telephone lines Environmental Considerations Relative Humidity: 5%to 93% at+30°C (+86°F)i non -condensing Temperature (operating): 0"C to +50°C (+32°F to +1227) Number of... Areas:. 32. Card Readers (Doors): 8 Credentials (Tokens): 999 Custom Functions: 16 Events: up to 1000 Passcode Users: -- 999, plus I service passcode Parallel Printers: 3 -,... Points: 246 (8 on -board, up to 238 off -board) Programmable Relay Outputs - - 131 RF Points: 238 SKEDs: 40 Voltage ( ). transformer (D1640) Trademarks Inovonics is a trademark of Inovonics Wireless Corporation D9412GV4 246 -point Control Communicator Order number D9412GV4 D9412GV4-A Attack -resistant Package Contains one PCB, one transformer, and one attack - resistant enclosure. Order number D9412GV4-A D9412GV4-8 Fire/Burglar Package Contains one PCB, one dual battery harness, two telephone cords, one telephone line switcher, one transformer, and one fire enclosure. Order number D9412GV4-B D9412GV4-C Standard Burglar Package Contains one PCB, one lock and key set, one transformer, and one universal enclosure. Order number D9412GVZVC Accessories SD121novonics Interface and Receiver Kit Kit containing B820 and EN4200 for use on SDI2 bus panels. Order number ENKIT-SDI2 D92B Dual Phone Line Switcher Allows the control panel to operate over and supervise two separate phone lines. Only one D162 phone cord is supplied. Two additional D161 or D162 phone cords are required. Order number D928 D122 Dual Battery Harness Harness with circuit breaker. Connects two batteries to a compatible control panel. Order number 0122 D122L Dual Battery Harness with Long Leads Color -coded harness with circuit breaker and leads measuring 89 cm (35 in.). Connects 12 V batteries to compatible control panels. Order number D122L D126 Standby Battery (12 V, 7 Ah) A rechargeable sealed lead -acid power supply used as a secondary power supply or in auxiliary or ancillary functions. Order number D126 D1218 Battery (12 V, 18 Ah) A 12 V sealed lead -acid battery for standby and auxiliary power with two bolt -fastened terminals. Includes hardware for attaching battery leads or spade connectors Order number M218 D1224 Battery (12 V, 26.28 Ah) A 12 V sealed lead -acid battery for standby and auxiliary power with two bolt -fastened terminals. Includes hardware for attaching battery leads or spade connectors. Order number D1224 D1238 Battery (12 V, 38 Ah) A 12 V sealed lead -acid battery for standby and auxiliary power with two bolt -fastened terminals. Includes hardware for attaching battery leads or spade connectors. Order number D1238 D137 Mounting Bracket Used to mount accessory modules in D8103, D8108A, and [)8109 enclosures. Order number D137 D138 Mounting Bracket, Right Angle Used to mount accessory modules in D8103, D8108A, and D8109 enclosures. Order number D13B D1640 Transformer System transformer rated at 16.5 VAC, 40 VA. Order number D1640 D8004 Transformer Enclosure For applications such as fire alarm that might require a transformer enclosure. Order number D8004 D9002.5 Mounting Skirt Mounts inside DB103, D8108A, and DB109 enclosures. Can accept up to six standard 7.62 cm x 12.7 cm (3 in. x 5 in.) cards. Order number D9002-5 D101 Lock and Key Set Short -body lock set with one key supplied. Uses the D102 (#1358) replacement key. Order number D101 D110 Tamper Switch Screw -on tamper switch that fits all enclosures. Shipped in packages of two. Order number olio ICP-EZTS Dual Tamper Switch Combination tamper switch with a wire loop for additional tamper outputs. Order number ICP-EZTS D9108A Attack Resistant Enclosure Grey steel enclosure measuring 41 cm x 41 cm x 9 cm (16 in. x 16 in. x 3.5 in.). UL Listed. Includes lock and key set. Requires the D2402 Mounting Plate. Order number D8108A 08103 Enclosure Grey steel enclosure measuring 41 cm x 41 cm x 9 cm (16 in. x 16 in. x 3.5 in.). Order number DB103 D8109 Fire Enclosure Red steel enclosure measuring 40.6 cm x 40.6 cm x 8.9 cm (16 in. x 16 in. x 3.5 in). UL Listed. Includes a lock and key set. Order number D8109 Software Options RPS Kit (USB) Account management and control panel programming software with USB security key (dongle). Order number D550oc-USB Represented by: Pmericas: Europaecurite Easr,ARica: Asia len Robert Dosch (SEP)Ple Ltd, Security Busch China: Busch0Ltd. America Latina: each Systems Division Boren Security Syzlems. Inc Bosch Security Systems B.V. obertB Systems Buld ng, No, 333 Fuq are Bread aid AhBngueo, Km 90unty 130 Perinton Parkway P.O. Box 80002 Netherlands 11 Bizhan 57394treet 31 North IDP CEP 13065900 Fairport. New York, 10450. USA 5617 BA Eindh—an, The Singapore 5739)3 Changnin District, Shanghai Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil Phone:+18002090096 Phone. +31402577 28) France +6565712808 200335 China Phone 55 1921032860 Fax:+15652239100 Fax 31 402577330 Fax. +65 65712699 Fax: +55192ID32862 un'tyles @us,breach cam seconlysytems@hmd:.com p,.sp.rityx,sl--@boch<om a z ran r86 21221B2398 atamboshseury@boschcom www bozcbsecuny.uz vwboshsecurpcam www,botchsecur'y.aa�a mwwboschsecurity.com on wwwbozchzecunay mm V Bosch Security systamz 20131 Data zubiad to change v lhoot norce 24955376031 en. V11. 12. Nov 2113 www.boschsecurity.com �\.. Invented for life The D130 Auxiliary Relay Module can be used with all Bosch Security Systems control panels. The relay module consists of a 12 VDC or 24 VDC relay. This device allows the system to handle larger amounts of current or different voltages that are beyond the control panel's auxiliary power rating, or the rating of modules such as the D8129 octo Relay. ONotice A UL Listed, 12 VDC or 24 VDC auxiliary power supply is required to supply power to the D130's coil. The relay is polarized and has two sets of non -latching Form C contacts. When the contacts are in the inactive state, the normally -closed terminal has continuity with the common terminal. When the contacts are in the active state, the normally -open terminal has continuity with the common terminal. The relay is activated by switching polarity. A red LED lights to indicate the coil is energized. b 12 VDC or 24 VDC relay P. Allows switching of current or voltage s Two non -latching Form C dry contact outputs- i- Red LED shows coil is energized ® Mounts in control panel enclosure Initiating Circuit Application The D130 is commonly used with a D125B Dual Class B Initiating Module and a UL Listed 24 VDC power supply. In this configuration power to the detectors can be interrupted by a command from the fire alarm control panel (FACP). Region Gertrfrcatian �i' USA UL APO U: Proprietary Alarm Units (UL1076), UOJZ: Control Units, System (UL864, 9th edition) FM CSFM 7167-1615: 100 and 7165-1615:119 CSFM 7165-1615:0242 CSFM 7165-1615:0238 CSFM 7165-1615:0119 CSFM 7167-1615:0239 FDNY 6059 CoA Region Gerfatroh NYC 12-92 E,Vol.1112 92 E Vol.11 D130 Auxiliary Relay Module MEA12 VDC or 24 VDC relay. Allows switching of current or ... . _ . _. w. voltage. NYC 12-92-E, Vol. 121292E Vol 12 Order number D130 MEA _... -._-. -... NYC 12-92-E, Vol. 15 12-92-E, Vol 15 MEA ....... Compatible Products The following products are compatible with the D130 Auxiliary Relay Module: Category Product Product Description ID Control Panels All Bosch Security System control panels and FACPs Modules D125B Dual Class B initiating module 08129 octoRelay module Power Supplies D9142F 24VDC auxiliary power supply Mounting The D130 Auxiliary Relay Module attaches to a mounting plate for easy mounting in any enclosure. The assembly can be mounted in the control panel's enclosure by means of supplied screws. Wiring Considerations The D130 can connect directly to the FACP or can connect through a D8129 octoRelay Module. Refer to the installation instructions for the FACP or the D8129 for specific wiring requirements. Ua€ arwcs r Quantity component 1 D130module 1 Mountingplate 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack e Properties _ Dimensions: 2.75 in. x 3.0 in. (7 cm x 7.6 cm) Outputs Rating: 10 mA at 5 VDC minimum 5A at 30 VDC maximum Type: Two non -latching Form C. Power Requirements Current: 60 mA maximum Voltage (operating): 12 VDC or 24 VDC nominal Represented by: East, Africa: Asia Pacific: Chino: BoschLtd America Latina: -Systems olvizion bPMangere, Americas: Systems. lnc. BoschEuropSecurity 3yzlems flV. Sybert Bosch (SEA) Pte Lttl, Securi(y 01Building, Noy. 333 Fuq art Road Via Km 98 Bosch Security 130 parinton Parkway PO. Box 00002 p Li. the Netherlands 11 Blshan 3Veet 21 North LBP CEP 13055900 Fairport, Nesv York, 1d, Ir USA 5617 BA Eindhoven, 56571 Crane—,OlsVid,SM1an F g a' Campinas, Sao Paulo, Rmzil PM1one:+10002091 Phone :+31 40 2 577 281 Pro—e6gapore Pbone:+6565912800 200335 China PM1one:+551921032060 Fax: + 1 505 223 9100 lag :+31 40 297 330 com -t t Fax:+65 fi912699 F 81111 Fay: s,eun.sales@us.boscM1. ems@bosch apccom - .36 11 22182398 r:itty8y.@6m2 Iatarn s1cc9lFbzcAwm wwwbozcM1zecur0y smwwwbocFsecxrtymm wwbozchsecur(y asia .1mbmcM1surly.om cn w+..5bh5mos2see1cc0uu3r mo 5, Bosch Security Systems 30131 Data subject to change svithaur notice 25372628591 on. V3,-1. Oct 2013 M-1 www.boschsecurity.comBOSCH Invented for life This module is used for wiring connections to remote signaling devices. You can connect up to twelve D192G modules to the same system on compatible control panels. Wiring is supervised for open, short, or grounded circuit faults. Trances from the The module powers notification app control panel power supply or from an Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL 1481) Listed auxiliary 12 VDC or 24 VDC regulated/power-limited power supply for fire protective signaling units and commercial/residential burglar units. This feature allows the system to support more signaling devices on longer wire runs. It also allows the use of 12 V or 24 V notification appliances requiring the appropriate power supply. Supervises 12 VDC or 24 VDC NACs The D192G powers the notification devices from either the control panel's power supply or from a UL Listed Auxiliary 12 VDC or 24 VDC regulated power -limited power supply for use with Fire Protective Signaling Units and Commercial and Residential Burglar Units. The choice of power supply allows the use of 12 V or 24 V notification devices. p Supervises 12 VDC or 24 VDC notification appliance circuits (NACs) I. Supervised signal silencing switch ® Notification appliance circuit rated at: 3.0 A 1� Multiple module configurations ® Mounts in panel enclosure Supervised Signal Silencing Switch The D192G module has a toggle switch for silencing the notification devices while testing the alarm panel. When this toggle switch is in the Silence (Off) position, the module indicates a supervisory trouble condition to the control panel. Multiple Module Configurations Several modules can be connected to the same zone or point on the control panel. If individual annunciation of a notification appliance circuit is desired, D192G modules can be connected to separate zones or points on -board or through the D8128D OctoPOPIT Eight -point Expander. Mounts in Panel Enclosure The D192G mounts inside the control panel enclosure using existing mounting holes or with a D137 or D138 Mounting Bracket. Refer to the control panel's installation guide for more information on mounting. Region USA CSFM 7165-1615:0238 CSFM 7165-1615:0242 CSFM 7167-1615-0243 CSFM 7167-1615-0247 FDNY- 6059 CoA NYC 12-92-E, Vol. 12 12 92 E Vol. 12 MEA 12 VDC nominal NYC 12-92-E, Vol 15 12-92-E, Vol. 15 MEA Compatibility Information ^ x` Category PrndpcGl Control Panels G -series' B -series' D9412a, D74121, D7212" D9124' - -- Detectors For a list of compatible two wire detectors, refer to the Approved Applications Compliance Guide for the control panel being used. Modules D8128D octoPOPIT Eight -point Expander Mounting D137 Mounting Bracket Brackets D13B Mounting Bracket, Right Angle ' G -series = D9412GV4, D7412GV4, D7212GV4', D9412GV3, 07412GV3, D7212GV3% D9412GV2, D7412GV2, D7212GV2% 1)9412G', D7412G1, D7212G3' _. ] B series = B5512 and 84512 ' These products are legacy products and have been investigated for compatibility only to ULB64 8th edition 'The D7212 models are not listed for commercial fire applications Notification Appliances Notification appliances used with the D192G Module must: • Be polarized (DC) equipment • Match the voltage rating of the alarm power supply • Not exceed the current rating of the alarm power supply • Not exceed 3.0 A in combined device current for each D192G Module Wiring ...-_ _.._._. _.. Use a Class B, Style W, two -wire circuit and wire according to the instructions supplied with the module. No more than twelve D192G modules can be used per system. For UL applications, a listed (UTRZ) regulated power supply can be used to power notification devices through the D192G module. To comply with NFPA Standards: • The control panel and power supply must be supervised or installed in the same room not more than 20 ft (6 m) from the module • Wiring between the control panel and the power supply must be in conduit • Power supply fault conditions must be supervised by a UL Listed relay 7. Quant. Component 1 NAC module 1 Hardware pack i Literature pack Mechanical Dimensions: 5 in. x 3 in. x 0.75 in. (13 cm x 8 cm x 2 cm) D192G Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Module The D192G Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) module is used for wiring connections to remote signaling devices. The wiring is supervised for open, short, or grounded circuit faults. Either 12 VDC or 24 VDC notification devices can be used depending on the choice of power supply. Order number D192G Electrical Extemal Power In Current: 30A maximum Voltage: 12 VDC or 24VDC nominal Aux Power In Current: 100 mA maximum Voltage: 12 VDC nominal Supervisory Zone Control Current: 5 m maximum - Mechanical Dimensions: 5 in. x 3 in. x 0.75 in. (13 cm x 8 cm x 2 cm) D192G Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Module The D192G Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) module is used for wiring connections to remote signaling devices. The wiring is supervised for open, short, or grounded circuit faults. Either 12 VDC or 24 VDC notification devices can be used depending on the choice of power supply. Order number D192G peprezemed by: America Latlna: Middle Eazl. Africa: ASiaP a cillo LFln a: Bosch hShanghail 5ecurM1y Systems Ltd. Robert Bosch Lltla Securi(y Systems Division Americas: Europe, B.V. poberl Bosch (SEA) Pte Ltd, Security 301 Butding, No. 333 Fupuan Road Vi a Ar Vargas, Km 99 BozcF Security Systems. lac thesch v 8000lSystems Systems North ISP LEP/3065900 130 Pe:inton Pa:kwaY 5611 BA EindFoven, The Pl elherlands it han M1 CFangning Dizlrlcl,5 g a' Ca:nminas, Sao Ford, Braxll Fairport. New YorY. 14450. VSA 31402577294 5x39431 100335 LMna 11, r55 19 3103 2860 pbom,, FF. 2.9 For. Phone:+ Pax. 40 2577 330 phone:/6565712000 Phone n062122191111 Fax 155192ID31062 Fax'. 11 505 223 9100 t t @bosch cam Fax'.+6595111099 Faxne6 Il 22102399 lalam boschsecunly@boschmm urily sales@u: basic mm w,a boscFsecuritmz w Y'sum apcsecuntysystems@b0sch cam www boschse,mol rc cn vnvm.b0schsecurity.com xxt boscbsecwit'us www, hmschzecucry .asia Systems 201310ala sublect l0 change without notice V Bosch SecurilY 253x46442] 1 en, V4. 14. Oct 2013 www.boschsecurity.com i�\� Invented for life The D8125 Addressable Expansion Module works with the D9127U or D9127T POPIT Modules to provide multiplex technology that combines zone or point supervision with individual device addressing on one pair of wires. Use the D8125 to provide expansion beyond the standard number of control panel zones, up to a total of 240 points. Each D8125 module can fully supervise 120 D9127U or D9127T POPIT Modules. Each D8125 installs in the control panel enclosure or in an adjacent approved enclosure. Future system expansion is very economical as D9127U or D9127T POPITs can be spliced in anywhere along the two -wire data expansion loop from the DB125 module. The D9127 is a compact, addressable device that is suitable for applications where specifications call for point identification from each initiating device or series of devices. The units are small, and easily installed in standard outlet boxes, above false ceilings, closets, or other accessible locations. The D8125 includes a 33 kQ end -of -line (EOL) resistor. Install the resistor at the farthest point on the loop for proper supervision. o. Provides point identification of initiating devices a Supervises wiring to devices for circuit integrity n Expands the number of points in the system 0� Compact size o. Terminal connections for reliability (cULus), AOTX: Local Alarm Units (UL464,UL609), AOTX7: Local Alarm Units Certified for Canada (cULus), APAW: Police Station Alarm Units (UL365, UL464); APAW7: Police Sta- tion Alarm Units Certified for Canada (cULus), APOU: Proprietary Alarm Units Burglar Alarm System Units Certified for Canada (cULus), UOJZ: Control Units, System (UL864, 9th edition), UTOU: Control Units and Accessories - House- hold System Type (UL985). UTOU7: Control Units and Accessories - House- hold System Type Certified for Canada (cULUs) FM CSFM 7167-1615: 0100 CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) RegionCer�tfrcat]" �" g CSFM UN 7-1615:024(HOUSEHO)167 CONTROL CSFM 71651615.02427165 FIREALAR Canada ULC INT Dimensions: 13cmx8cmx2cm (5in.oin.0.75m) Power Requirements Current Draw: 50 mAforeach D8125 module Voltage (Operating): 12 VDC D8125 Addressable Expansion Module Provides expansion up to 240 points. Order number D8125 uv CSFM 7167-1615:0239 7167 CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) CSFM 7165-1615:0238 7165 --FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) -FDNY 6059 CoA NYC- 12:92-E, Vol 1112 92-E, VoL II MEA 'NYC 1292E,Vo1.121292E,Vo112 MEA_.._.. NYC 12 92 E, Val. 15 12-92-E, Vol. 15 ' .MEA Canada ULC INT Dimensions: 13cmx8cmx2cm (5in.oin.0.75m) Power Requirements Current Draw: 50 mAforeach D8125 module Voltage (Operating): 12 VDC D8125 Addressable Expansion Module Provides expansion up to 240 points. Order number D8125 Represented by: Americas: Europe, Middle East, Abica: Acia+Pacilic Bosch (SEA) Pte Ltd. Security ,Fina: Securdy tems Ltd Boseans America Latina: Bosch ldam59e8Curity Systems DiNzion l.ach130P Security Systems, Ins. Systems B V, sYbteh 201cBoAdimg. NoSha,ghm, 333 Fuqua, noad Vw AnamangueraRobert 130 Perinton Parkway nCL Box P.0. 6ox 90002CEP 5611 BA E'mdma,d, The Nelindands 11 Bishan Street 21 cn,r^g^BP Fairport, New Vork, 14450, USA Singapore 5]3943 District, SM1anM1 g gai CampinOfi53a0o Paulo, Brsil Phone: 118002890096 Phone. 1314029]284 Phone : 465 65712809 200335 CFina Phone: 1551921032860 Fax: 115852239180 Fax 131 40 330 Fax: 165 65712699 Phone +862122181111 Fax: 1551921032862 uritysales@us boscM1.com Ixecuriry, securilysyslems@CoscF mm apr securitysystelns@bosch—an Fax 466 21 22182398 lman, boschsecurlty@bozch.mm wwmt,s wwwboschsecunty.mm www. boscbseculityossh -teallsecunty.mm cn w w.boscFsecunly.com U Bosch Security 3yz1ems 20131 Dal- subject to caange eam"' notice 253]]8394] 1 an. V4. 01. 0,12013 www.boschsecurity.comBOSCH \ _/ The D1255RB Fire Keypad is a full -function system controller and annunciator. This SDI bus compatible device works with the Bosch Security Systems, Inc. GV4 control panels, GV3 control panels, and GV2 control panels (firmware version 7.04 and higher). The illuminated keypad has a 16 -character vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with each character a 14 - segment unit and a sounder that emits distinct condition tones- ROBJEEMMOMMEM Display The display uses words, numbers, and symbols to show the status of the fire system. When several events occur, each event is shown in order of priority followed by the time of occurrence. In conjunction with the 16 -character VFD, four LEDs provide the following system status indications: Fire Silenced Supervisory Trouble Invented for life s• Compatible with Bosch GV4 control panels, GV3 control panels, and GV2 control panels (firmware version 7.04 and higher) P. Built-in multi -tone sounder p Easy to read vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) shows complete system status in English m Easy system control with menu keys P, User controlled brightness and volume Keys The keypad has ten numeric keys and five function keys. Use the [COMMAND] key with the numeric keys to perform a function. Use the [ENT] key or [YES] key to enter your passcode. When pressed, each key emits light and a muted beep. Audible Tones The sounder emits distinct warning tones. You can adjust the volume or use a passcode to silence the tone. The tones include: Fire signal: pulsed high-pitched bell tone during fire alarm • Invalid key buzz: buzz tone when invalid key is pressed • Keypad encoding tone: muted beep tone as each key is pressed • Trouble buzz: two-tone warble during a trouble event Region ':Ce`rtrfrcation USA UL (ANSI:ULntrol Unit Accessories System 864) FM Region _GeYtrfrcatron t, ;, ,�5 CSFM 7167-1615:0243 7167 CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) CSFM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) ALARM 7165-1615:0242 7165 - FIRE CSFM 7165-1615 0238 7165 -- FIRE CONTROL UNIT(COMMERCIAL)ALARM FDNY 6059 CoA Compatible Control Panels The D1255RB Fire Keypad is compatible with the GV4 control panels', GV3 control panels' and the GV2 control panels' with firmware version 7.04 or higher. The keypad will work with G Series Control Panels prior to GV2 v7.04; however the LEDs will not operate. ' The D7212GV4, D7212GV3, and D7212GV2 are not listed for commercial fire applications. Mounting Considerations The keypad is a low profile, surface -mounted unit molded in durable red plastic with three mounting holes in the base that allow secure, correct positioning during installation. Protect the surface -mounted keypad by mounting it to a D56 or D56R Conduit Back Box. For desktop applications, the keypad can be mounted to a D55 Desk Stand. ONotice Do not install the keypad in direct sunlight. This damages the module components and makes the display less visible. Do not mount in wet or moist locations. Wiring Considerations The keypad connects to the control panel for data and power through a standard four -wire flying lead cable. For field wiring use 0.8 mm (22 AWG) or 1.2 mm (18 AWG) wires. Resistance cannot exceed 25 0. The field wiring connects to a four -wire harness supplied with the unit. Notice Use shielded cable where excessive electromagnetic interference is a problem. Quantity Component 1 Keypad 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack Environmental Considerations Relative Humidity: 5%to:85 % non condensing at +30'C (+867) Temperature (operating); 8°C to+50°C(+32'F to +122'F) Mechanical Properties Color: Red and gray Dimensions: 11.7 cm x 21 cm x 2 cm (4.6 in.'x 8.2 in. x 0.8 in.) Material: CHI MEI POLYLAC P.A757 ABS with UV Stabilizer. UL94HB Fire Rated Power Requirements Current: 104 mA minimum, 225 mAmaximum - Voltage. 12 VDC nominalsupplied by the control panel Trademarks Due to the nature of this material, this document refers to hardware and software products by their trade names. In most, if not all cases, these designations are claimed as trademarks or registered trademarks by their respective companies in one or more countries. It is not Bosch's intent to use any of these names generically. The reader is therefore cautioned to.investigate all claimed trademark rights before using any of these names other than to refer to the product described. POLYLAC is a registered trademark of CHI MEI Industrial Corporation, LTD. Plexiglas is a registered trademark of Arkema D1255RB Fire Keypad Red and gray case. Order number D1255RB Accessories D55 Keypad Desk Stand Portable desk stand in smoke colored Plexiglas Order number D55 D56 Surface Mount Conduit Box White surface mount box. Order number D56 D56R Red Surface Mount Conduit Box Red surface mount box. Order number 056R gepretrated by: Europe, Middle East, Africa: Lhina: Ltd. Bos201cBotltling. pmerib Latina; osch st Systems Division pmedcay. Systems. Inc. Bosch Security Systems B.V. Roiert Bosch (SEP) Pie Ltd. Security No 333 Fupuansgood Vic Anbanguera, K.OB Bosch Security 130 Panora, Parkway P.O. Box 80002 The Netherlands Sys ermBoscM1 11 Buchan Street 21 North IBP CEP 13065-900 Fairport, New York. Idd50, USA 5617 BA Eirunim g Singapore 573943 Changning Didn't, SM1anghai Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil Phone: +l 800 209 OD9fi PM1one:+31 40 25]] 2Bd+1 PmOne:+6565]12808 200335 China phone:+551923032860 Fax: 5852239180 Fax:+314025]7330 65]1 2699 Phomi 2122101111 F—+55 19 2103 2862 urily.sales®us.boschcom securitysyslems@hozcRcam 21 22182388 www.boscbsecurity us voo-boschsecunly.com spr-d5 do. b ohmectems@bozchmm vuvw.bosclsecuriry.asia www b6 www mmcn www,boschsecurity@boscRmm w hoschsecurlty.com D I -,h Security attends 20131 Data mddidcl to change without notice 25209699951 en. V6. OL Det 2013 www.boschsecurity.com`. The D9127 Series POPIT Modules includes the D9127T (with magnetic tamper switch) and the D9127U (without tamper). They are used with a D8125 Addressable Expansion Module when there is a need to expand a compatible control panel beyond its standard number of on -board initiating zones or points. Future system expansion is very economical as D9127 Series POPITs can be added anywhere along the two -wire data expansion loop from the D8125 module. Both modules include proven technology that combines zone and point supervision with individual device addressing on one pair of wires. Screw terminals provide reliable connections for the data expansion loop and supervised sensor loop wiring. Install a 33 kfl end -of -line resistor at the farthest point on the loop for proper supervision. The units are small and easily installed in standard outlet boxes, above false ceilings, closets, or other accessible locations. Its ME mi—awai i Australia C -Tick Invented for life P. Provides point identification of initiating devices s Supervises wiring to devices for circuit integrity ® Expands the number of points in the system 6 Compact size Terminal connections for reliability a %=x ,r Region � Ttrficahon, USA UL AMCX Central Station Alarm Unitse (UL1610, UL1635), AMCX7: Central Station Alarm Units Certified for Canada (cULus), AOTX:Local Alarm Units'z (UL464, UL609); AOTX7. Local Alarm - APAW: Police Station Alarm: Units Units (UL1023), NBSX7: Household Burglar Alarm System Units Certified for Canada (cULus), UOJZ: Control Units, System (UL864, 9th edition), UTOU: Control Units and Accessories - House- hold System Type (-11-985), UTOU7: Control Units and Accessories : House- hold System Type Certified for Canada (cULus) FM __.... CSFM 7165-1615:02387165 FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) CSFM 7165 -1615:02427165 --FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) mcottrfrcatro`n ` D8125-to-POPIT-Loops Use one Two -wire data expansion loop, or distribute Region . - ' T 7167-1615-02397167CONTROL the POPITs on up to three loops. The maximum the CSFM CSFM lengths shown in the following table are for all data _ expansion loops combined connected to the same CSFM 7167-1615:0243 7167 CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) D8125 module. Setting DIP switches on the POPIT _. ..._ -- --- ---- modules assigns them to point numbers. The switch FDNY— 6059 setting on each POPIT assigns it a point number, CoA - regardless of its physical location. NYC- 12-92-E, Vol. 15 12 92 E, Vol. 15 POPIT to Sensor Loops MEA - The number of detection devices each sensor loop can -_. NYC- 12 92 E,Vol.1212-92-E,Vol. 12 supervise is limited only by the resistance on the loop. MEA -.... ,-:_ Resistance on each sensor loop must be less than Canada ULC AMCX7.S1871-Central Station Alarm 100 fl not including the end -of -line (EOL) resistor. Units Certified for Canada Certain UL and National Fire Protection Association ULC AOTX751871 Local Alarm Units CerLh (NFPA) applications can limit the number of detection lied for Canada- devices. Consult the appropriate UL or NFPA ULC APAW7.S1871Policestation-connec ted AlarUnits Certified for Canada m standards. Terminate each POPIT sensor loop with the 33 kQ EOL ,- --- resistor included with each POPIT. ...... ULC APOU7.S1B71 Proprietary Alarm Units Use atwisted-pair wire (six twists per foot) in all Certified for Canada POPIT installations for both the data expansion loop ULC 'NBSX7 S1871Household Burglar Alarm. wiring and the POPIT sensor loops. Run wires away - SystemUnitsCertifiedforCanada from AC sources to prevent AC induction. Compatibility Information Quantit Component Control Panels All G Series control panels, D9412, D7412, y D7212, D7212B1, D9112, D9112B1, 1 POPIT module D8112G1, D8112G2, and D9124 1 33 kQ EOL resistor Module D8125 Multiplex Zone Expander is required. The 1 Magnet(D9127T only) The D8125 D9127 modules are wired in parallel on the D8125 1 Hardware pack data loop. 1 Literature pack Number of POPIT Modules per Control Panel D7212G,D7212GV2,D7212GV3 32 D9127 POPITs _* 40 D9127 POPITs Environmental Considerations D7212B1 D7212, D7412, D7412G, D7412GV2, 67 D9127 POPITs - --- Relative Humidity: Up to 93% non-condensing D7412GV3 Temperature (operating): 0°C to -WC (+32°F to +122°F) D9124 119 D9127 POPITs - e - - - Properties D9112B1 126 D9127 POPITs _... _...... -_ -. D9112. D9412, D9412G, D9412GV2, 238 D9127 POPITs Color: Off white. --- --- D9412GV3 Dimensions: 8.1 cm x 3.8 cm x 2.4 cm (3.2 in. x 1.5 in. x 0.9 in.) Wiring Considerations Material: UL Listed fire-resistant Wire Size Maximum Length of all Data ---- -- -- Expansion Loops Combined Power Requirements 0.8 mm (22 AWG) 549m(1800 ft) Current Draw 0.8mA maximum 1.0 mm (20 AWG) 881 m(2890ft) Resistance: Maximum increase in resistance on the POPIT 1402 m (4600 ft) loop is 1000 Q. Maximum resistance between 1.2 mm (18 AWG) the D8125 module and each POPIT is 900. 1.5 mm(16AWG) 2231 m(732oft) 1 21 - Voltage (operating): 12 VDC nominal 1.8 mm (14 AWG) 3551 m(11650 ft) - - Sensor LOOP Resistance: Maximum resistance on the sensor loop is,100O Response Time: 1 sec approximately . EMMUMMEEMMMM D9127T POPIT Module Includes a magnetic tamper switch. Order number D9127T D9127U POPIT Module No tamper switch. Order number D9127u C.P,esemea by: ar NmericBrach Ewope, Middle East, Africa Asia Bosch (Shanghai) Security 3ysremd Ltd. BoschSodding. L; Pobert-cre Ltda Security Systems ONizion Americas. BV.. Bosch Security Systems B V. Poben BoscM1 (SEA) Pte Ltd. Security hr"B 1 IDIBuilding, No. 333 Furluan Road Via Pnhangu.0 Hm 90 Bou, Security Syzlems, Inc. P.O. Box 80003 3ysems - North IBP CEP 130 Pennon. Parkway 1a BA It lM1erlands Want Singvpor°5739J31 Changning OinricL SM1anghai Campnas,Sao Paulo, Brazil annot Sao Fairport. Nem York, .NSA 161101 dlficos.,he 200335 CM1— Phone: 55 19 2103 2860 PM1one:+1800]890096 Fax:+31602577330 Phone;+8565712808 Phone i1211811t1 Fay +55 19 2103 2962 Fax:']5852]39180 secudtysyslems@bozcAmm Fax:+6565712699 '0G 2122ID2398 I,A,zyzv corn mm uriry sails@us.boschmm apr.securilyzyslemz@boscM1.mm µW w.bmcs=mrily com.rn bmchsecunly Per,, boc,leagudt yus www.boschsecurily.com www boschsecunty.asla E, Bosch security SYslems 20131 at. subiecl m corals wil,oul ncuce 25391784.131 en. on, 31. 0,12013 yf www.boschsecurity.com ir' tqBOSCH $Y Invented for life The D273 Series includes the following detector models: Model Description D273 Four -wire D2731S' Four -wire with an isolated 13YF(57C) heatsensor and sounder D273TH Four -wire with 135°F (57"0 heatsensor D273THO Four -wire with 135`F(57°C) heat sensor and auxiliary relay D273THCS' Four -wire with 135-F (57°C) heatsensor, auxiliary relay, and sounder D273THE Four -wire with 13YF(57°C) heat sensor and EOL relay D273THRI Four -wire with 13YF(57°C) heat sensor and trouble relay D273THS' Four -wire with 135-F (57-C) heat sensor and sounder D273THES' Four -wire with 135-F (57°C) heatsensor, sounder, and EOL relay o. 12 VDC or 24 VDC input o. Designed for commercial or residential use ® Four -wire application ¢� Light -emitting diodes (LEDs) indicate the status of the chamber, power; and alarm o. Removable terminal block to simplify wiring connections ' Soundersproduce 85 dB at 10 ft(3 m). ' Thetrouble relay indicatesboth Dirty Smoke Chamber and/or Power Loss conditions. Each of the D273 Series Detector models is UL Listed and works with commercial fire protective signaling and household fire warning systems. Each model detects smoke particles produced during wood, paper, and fabric combustion. The D273 Series Detector models use an infrared (IR) LED light source and a silicon photodiode to measure light in a chamber. A fine screen covers the chamber to deter insects and reduce dust accumulation and nuisance alarms. During a fire, smoke particles reflect light onto the photodiode. When the photodiode measurements exceed the alarm threshold, the detector signals an alarm condition. After the alarm condition clears, interrupt power at the control panel to reset the detector. When a D132B Reversing Relay Module is used, the LED does not latch on alarm. mOZZONEWANOVERWRM Chamber Calibration Tests Check the sensitivity and calibration of any D273 Series Detector model using a visual check, a magnet test, or a voltage measurement test. Refer to the D263ID273 Series Installation Guide (P/N: 31341) for specific instructions to perform these sensitivity tests. Region Y`Certification USA UL UROX smoke-Automatic Fire Detectors ".(UL268 and A);: UROX7: Smoke Auto- matic Fire Detectors Certified for Cana-: da(cULus) Hong Kong HKFSD 02731S D273THC, _D273THE, D27 THES, D273RS and D2735 only, USA MSFM NYC -274-93-E, Vol, VII MEA CSFM 7272-16150134 if Ifflq Use smoke detectors for detection circuits that protect people. Use heat detectors for circuits that protect property. Compatible Products The following products are compatible with the D273 Series detectors: Category ProductlD Product Description Control The D273 Series Detector models are compatible with UL Panels Listed four -wire control panels. Refer to the manufacturer's installation instructions to select the correct EOL resistor. Modules D132B Reversing relay module Loop Supervision For loop supervision, install a Bosch Security Systems D275 Power Supervision Module and an EOL resistor after the last device on the loop. Mounting The detector has a mounting plate that attaches to a standard four -inch back box. For commercial and industrial installations in accordance with NFPA 72, space each detector 30 ft (9.2 m) apart. Wiring The terminal block accepts up to 12 AWG (2.3 mm) wire. You can remove the terminal block from the detector for easier wiring. The terminal block snaps in and out of the detector. Quant Component Detector 1 Literature pack Power Requirements Power -up Time: 22 sec maximum Environmental Considerations 25% of DC input maximum Relative Humidity: Up to 93%,non -condensing Operating and Storage +32°17Yo+120T(0'C to +40'C) Temperature: 18 mA maximum- Radio Frequency No alarm or setup on critical frequencies interference (RFI) in the range of 26 MHz to 950 MHz - Immunity 78 mAmaximum Mechanical Properties 90nnAmaximum - Dimensions (Diameter x H) ` 5 in.x2 in.(12.7cmx5.1 cm).. Material: High impact, fire retardant ABS Current Draw (standby) plastic Power Requirements Power -up Time: 22 sec maximum RMS Ripple: 25% of DC input maximum Voltage (stand-by): 10 VDC to 30 VDC.. Current Draw(alarm)at 30 VDC 0273,D273TH: 18 mA maximum- D273THC: 33 mA maximum D273THE,D273THR: 36 mA maximum D273THS: 78 mAmaximum D273THCS: 90nnAmaximum - D273THES: 96 mA maximum D2731S: 100 mA maximum Current Draw (standby) D273, D273TH, D27THC, 0.1 mA maximum D273THCS,D273THS: D2731S: 0.14 mA maxi mum D273THE, D273THES. 15 mA D2731S Four -Wire Smoke Detector with Isolated Heat Sensor and Sounder Four -wire smoke detector with an isolated 135°F (SM) heat sensor and a sounder. Order number D2731S _ D273TH Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector Four -wire smoke detector with a 135°F (57°C) heat sensor. order number D273TH D273T11. HC Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with Auxili- ary Relay Four -wire smoke detector with an isolated 135°F (SM) heat sensor and an auxiliary relay. Order number D273THC D273TH CS -Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with Auxili- ary Relay and Sounder Four -wire smoke detector with a 57°C) heat sensor, an auxiliary relay, a sounder. Order number D273THCS D273THE Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with EOL Re- lay Four -wire smoke detector with a 135°F (57°C) heat detector and an EOL relay. order number D273THE _. D273THES Fomr Wire smoke/Heat Detector with EOL Relay and Sounder Four -wire smoke detector with a 135°F (57°C) heat sensor, a sounder, and an EOL relay - Order number D273THES D273THR Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with Trouble Relay Four -wire smoke detector with a 135°F (57°C) heat sensor and a trouble relay. Order number D273THR D273THSFour-Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with Sounder Four -wire smoke detector with a 135°F (57°C) heat sensor and a sounder. order number D273THs Accessories D275 Power Supervision Module Line supervision device for four -wire fire detection circuits Order number D275 „ D1005 Test Cable Connects a digital voltmeter to the detector's calibration pin for verifying that the detector is within its calibration range order number 01005 DT -2 Detector Removal Tool or test the detector Use the DT -2 to remove, replace, head Order number DT -2 TP280 Trim Plate For retrofit and remodeling purposes; 16.2 cm (6 in.) diameter order number TP280 BePresented by: America Latina: Bosch (Shanghai) Security Systems Lid Pobetl Bosch true Security Systems Division 291 Bwldln& No. 333 Furman Road Europa Middle East, Africa: Asi.-P-i9c: Americas. Ins. Bosch Security Systems BV. Robert Bosch(SEA)Pie Ltd. Secunly Bosch Security Systems. Box 80002 Systems 130 Perlman Parkway P 0, 5612 SA Eindhoven, the Netherlands 11 Bishan Street 21 Fairpo, New York, 14450, USA Phone,+3140 2 511 284 Singapore 573943 Phone: +1 300 289 0096 Fax: •31 40 2522 330 Phone :+6565]12808 Fast +1 585 223 9180 s_untysysems Fa x,+6565212699 ratiounty,sales@us,bosch.com _ e wwvboschsecrlµcom apcsecurlysyrtems@bas,xrom www bobseuilyus www.boscbsecurny.asra @ Bosch Security Systems 20121 Data sobjertta change wilh.st notice 22005589821 e4 V3, 14. Aug 2012 China: America Latina: Bosch (Shanghai) Security Systems Lid Pobetl Bosch true Security Systems Division 291 Bwldln& No. 333 Furman Road Via Anheiia era, Km 98 NotlM1 IBP LEP/3065900 LM1angning District. Shanghai Campinas. Sao Paulo, Brail 200335 Lhina PM1one:+551921032860 PM1one+862122181111 Fac+5519I'M 2B62 Fax: +86 2122182398 aLSeconty,,i—S@bosch wm www.baschsecurily.com or wwwbaschsecwity.com Mca-nual Stations w Single or dual action ¢ Terminal connections * (gold-plated alarm contacts far corrosion resistance * Surface or weatherproof back boxes The FMM-100 Series is a family of versatile, high-quality, Certifications ; Fnd Approvals metal fire alarm manual stations. Single-action or dual - action models are available. All models come with a key Listings and ULUNIU:Boxes, Non -coded (UL38) lock and contain gold-plated contacts to resist Approvals: UL UNIU7: Boxes, Non -coded Certified for Canada (CAN/ ULCS528M91) corrosion. CSFM 7150-1615: 224 NYC/MEA (382-94-E, Vol. 3) Functions To comply with ADA standards, the manual station must be less than 48 in. (1.2 m) above the floor for front www.boschsecurity.com Installation/Corif€gUration Notes Operation Single-action When the bar on the front of the manual station is pulled, Compatibility Information is easily visible from 50 ft (15 m). Compatible with all Bosch Security Systems Fire Alarm it latches open and Reset the activation bar by opening the manual station Control Panels. with the key and placing the activation bar in its normal upright position. An optional scored acrylic break rod is Mounting Considerations available. The FMM Series manual stations can be surface Dual -action mounted on either the FMM-100BB-R Surface -mount With the dual -action configuration the upper bar on the Back Box or the FMM-100WPBB-R Weatherproof Back front of the manual station rotates inward allowing the Box. They can also be flush mounted on a standard activation bar to be grasped and operated by a single single -gang back box. hand. Note When properly mounted on the FMM-10OWPBB-R Weatherproof Back Box, these manual stations meet UL requirements for outdoor use. To comply with ADA standards, the manual station must be less than 48 in. (1.2 m) above the floor for front www.boschsecurity.com a &_ wheelchair access and less than 54 in. (1.3 m) above the Tecirnk'a1`- Spec[ ftc<afii,l= I floor for side wheelchair access. nv,onrylental f;oi',sicSertlR.ions (arts Included Quant. Component 1 Manual station 1 D102 Key (1358 key) 1 FMM-100GR Acrylic Break Rod 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack A'Seraus, Bo Security Systems 130 Perinton Parkway Poirpoit New York,14450. USS PM1one:11565 223 4060 F,:no x: e1 800 289 0096 untsalee@us bmchcom www boscbeecurily.us Europe, Middle East. Ater, osch 6 Becuruy Systeme B.V. P O. Bax 80002 5600 JB Eindhoven. The Netherlands Phone:13140 27 83955 Fax: 131 40 37 86668 www bosessecurity.c pboscF.com Relative Humidity: Temperature (operating): mechanical Properties Color: Red 90%at+100°F (+38°C) -40nF 10+150°F (-40°C to +66°C) Dimensions (H x W x D): 4.75 in.x 3.25in. x 1.1 in. (12 cmx8.3cmx2.8cm) Material: die-cast metal Inputs Switch Rating: 1 A at 30 VDC or 125 VAC Ordering.Inforinatlon FMM-100SATK Single-action Manual Station (red) FMM-100SATK FMM-100SATK-NYC Single-action Manual Station for FMM-100SATK-NYC City Nevi FMM-100DATKDual-action Manual Station (red) FMM-100DATK Hardware Accessories D102 Replacement Key D102 FMM-10OBB-R Surface -mount Back Box (red) FMM-10088-R FMM-10OWPBB-R Weatherproof Back Box (red) FMM-100WPBB-R FMM-10DGR Scored Acrylic Breakrods FMM-100GR Asia-PadFln Bosch Security Sysmms Pte Lld 36C J.or, Pemimpin Singapore 577180 Phone. e65 6,319 3450 Fee 165 6{0499 ea.w.buritysysteme lan, com www.boschsecurily com SJ each Secullly SyAeme 20061 Data sul,aat to arcade Wile -1 notice F2263916111 I Cur ,.U1, VS 26 Jan 2006 4; S- Represented by -`tSliiSTEM SpectrAlert° Advance audible visible notification products are rich with features guaranteed to cut installation times and maximize profits. Features • Plug-in design with minimal intrusion into the back box • Tamper-resistant construction • Automatic selection of 12- or 24 -volt operation at 15 and 15175 candela • Field -selectable candela settings on ceiling units: 15, 15175, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, and 165 • Horn rated at 88+ d6A at 16 volts • Rotary switch for horn tone and three volume selections • Universal mounting plate for ceiling units • Mounting plate shorting spring checks wiring continuity before device installation • Electrically Compatible with legacy SpectrAlert devices • Compatible with MDL sync module Listed for ceiling or wall mounting Agency Listings SPECT �$A� ert The SpectrAlert Advance series offers the most versatile and easy-to-use line of horns, strobes, and horn strobes in the industry. With white and red plastic housings, wall and ceiling mounting options, and plain and FIRE -printed devices, SpectrAlert Advance can meet virtually any application requirement. Like the entire SpectrAlert Advance product line, ceiling -mount strobes and horn strobes include a variety of features that increase their application versatility while simplifying installation. All devices feature plug-in designs with minimal intrusion into the back box, making installations fast and foolproof while virtually eliminating costly and time-consuming ground faults. To further simplify installation and protect devices from construction damage, SpectrAlert Advance utilizes a universal mounting plate with an onboard shorting spring, so installers can test wiring continuity before the device is installed. Installers can also easily adapt devices to a suit a wide range of application requirements using field -selectable candela settings, automatic selection of 12- or 24 -volt operation, and a rotary switch for horn tones with three volume selections. SIGNALING O �� LISTER cg0,l �c-ims: M1vn voha. nonrs) 5312 NIILLec) re X215721135. approved IVIEFE52'05.E 'lav 653 les pnoonr ObeS, ) 135'fi5310B (M1vn cFhee, clime el,obPr) 653.193 )buns. cM1lmesj Like the entire SpectrAlert Advance product line, ceiling -mount strobes and horn strobes include a variety of features that increase their application versatility while simplifying installation. All devices feature plug-in designs with minimal intrusion into the back box, making installations fast and foolproof while virtually eliminating costly and time-consuming ground faults. To further simplify installation and protect devices from construction damage, SpectrAlert Advance utilizes a universal mounting plate with an onboard shorting spring, so installers can test wiring continuity before the device is installed. Installers can also easily adapt devices to a suit a wide range of application requirements using field -selectable candela settings, automatic selection of 12- or 24 -volt operation, and a rotary switch for horn tones with three volume selections. SpectrAlert Advance Specifications General SpectrAlert Advance strobes and horn strobes shall mount to a standard 4 x 4 x 11/2 -inch back box, 4 -inch octagon back box, or double - gang back box. Two -wire products shall also mount to a single -gang 2 x 4 x 17/8 -inch back box. A universal mounting plate shall be used for mounting ceiling and wall products. The notification appliance circuit wiring shall terminate at the universal mounting plate. Also, SpectrAlert Advance products, when used with the Sync -Circuit'" Module accessory, shall be powered from a non -coded notification appliance circuit output and shall operate on a nominal 12 or 24 volts. When used with the Sync -Circuit Module, 12 -volt -rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 9 and 17.5 volts; 24 -volt -rated notification appliance circuit outputs shall operate between 17 and 33 volts. Indoor SpectrAlert Advance products shall operate between 32 and 120 degrees Fahrenheit from a regulated DC or full -wave rectified unfiltered power supply. Strobes and horn strobes shall have field -selectable candela settings including 15, 15/75, 30, 75, 95, 110, 115, 135, 150, 177, and 185. Strobe The strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert Advance Model listed to UL 1971 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The strobe shall be wired as a primary -signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe's entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. Horn Stroae COrclocatiOn The horn strobe shall be a System Sensor SpectrAlert Advance Model listed to UL 1971 and UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The horn strobe shall be wired as a primary -signaling notification appliance and comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act requirements for visible signaling appliances, flashing at 1 Hz over the strobe's entire operating voltage range. The strobe light shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The horn shall have three audibility options and an option to switch between a temporal three pattern and a non -temporal (continuous) pattern. These options are set by a multiple position switch. On four -wire products, the strobe shall be powered independently of the sounder. The horn on horn strobe models shall operate on a coded or non -coded power supply. SynchronizaHion Module The module shall be a System Sensor Sync -Circuit model MDL listed to UL 464 and shall be approved for fire protective service. The module shall synchronize SpectrAlert strobes at 1 Hz and horns at temporal three. Also, while operating the strobes, the module shall silence the horns on horn strobe models over a single pair of wires. The module shall mount to a 411/16 x 411/16 x 21/8 --Inch back box. The module shall also control two Style Y (class B) circuits or one Style Z (class A) circuit. The module shall synchronize multiple zones. Daisy chaining two or more synchronization modules together will synchronize all the zones they control. The module shall not operate on a coded power supply. Standard CperaRiny Temper Sure- 32°F io 120°F (0°C to 49°C) - Flumklily Stange 10 to 93 % non -condensing Strobe Plash Rate 1 flash per second __ Discolored 12 DC/FWR or requlaled 24 DC/FWR' operating voltage Ratlge2 8 to 17.5 V (12 V nominal) or 16 to 33 V (24 V nominal) rr",v, 12 to 16 AWG ("emng.hllount Dimensions fit iciuding lans) 6.8 -diameter x 2.5"high (173 mm diameter x 64 mm high) Ceiling-Pvionnt Back Hoy, Skirt Oimviv,ons (BB$C-2, BBSCW-2) 7.1 "diameter x 2.2 -high (180 mm diameter x 57 mm high) (;eiEinq-igounl7rim Rinn Bimonsiona {sold ae a 5 pact:} (TRC -ria, 6.9"diameter x 0.35" "high (175 mm diameter x 9 mm high) Notes: 1. Full Wave Rectified (FWR) voltage is a non-regulated, time -varying power source that is used on some power supply and panel outputs. 2. P, S. PC, and SC products will operate at 12 V nominal only for 15 and 15/75 cd. avusom, UL Current=Draw Data cxr,�les standard Cendsla mange 15 15/75 NA 94 eo 123 a 142 148 71 a ,3 writs YVlf tS 71 61 30 NA 75 NA NA 158 153 95 NA NA 181 176 110 NA NA 202 195 115 NA NA 210 205 135 NA NA 228 207 iAig1•; Cancieia Rangy 150 NA NA 246 281 220 251 77 NA NA 185 NA NA 286 258 o.14t-3° }3—iT5 V4ika JOI$$ 1b 35175 iS 957f5 30 75 2#9 118 U9lnput 137 147 79 90 107 176 194 212 218 Temporal High 144 69 80 97 157 182 201 210 Temporal Medium 132 143 66 77 93 154 179 198 207 Temporal Low 132 152 91 100 116 176 201 221 229 Non -Temporal High 141 75 85 102 163 187 207 216 Non -Temporal Medium 133 145 68 79 96 156 182 201 210 Non -Temporal Low 131 144 fnien Input 136 155 88 97 112 168 190 210 218 Temporal High 129 152 78 88 103 150 184 202 206 Temporal Medium 151 76 66 101 160 184 194 201 Temporal Low, 129 161 103 112 126 181 203 221 229 Non -Temporal High 142 85 95 110 166 189 208 216 Non -Temporal Medium 134 155 90 105 161 184 202 211,. Non -Temporal Low 132 154 80 �i 46-33 Volts x i i::i' iP7 'iSS F'rVR tnts:i{ f8 93 `Inite 735 150 `:77 13a 245 259 290 297 Temporal High 215 231 258 265 TeInput1 Temporal High 235 253 288 297 Temporal Medium 209 224 250 258 i Temporal Medium 232 251 282 292 Temporal Low 207 221 248 256 Temporal Low Non -Temporal High 255 270 303 309 Non -Temporal High 233 248 275 281 Non -Temporal Medium 242 259 293 299 Non -Temporal Medlum 219 232 262 267 Non -Temporal Low 238 254 291 295 Non -Temporal Low 214 229 256 262 Horn Strobe Tones and Sound Output Data .E"20-il. Pill, ,,, 7a Yua hcrninal 8-17.5 S -3'3 Volts Volts never0ernt Anenh,oi.. Switch Position Sound Pattern dB Do FViR Dc FWR De Swti E):,i "rtihr[i 1 Temporal High 78 78 84 84 88 88 99 98 p Temporal Medium 74 74 80 80 86 86 96 96 g Temporal Low 71 73 76 76 83 80 94 89 4 Non -Temporal High 82 82 88 88 93 92 100 100 5 Non -Temporal Medium 78 78 85 85 90 90 98 98 6 Non -Temporal Low 75 75 81 81 88 84 96 92 71 Coded High 82 82 88 88 93 92 101 101 st Coded Medium 78 78 85 85 9U 90 97 98 gt Coded Low 75 75 81 81 88 85 96 92 [Settings 7, 6, and 9 are not available on 2 -wire hom strobes. nvowo,m SpectrQlertAdvance Dimensions /nlf it © 11 Calling-ru inY born strobes SpectrAlert Advance ordering Information ceiling Halm Strobes PC2W 2 -Wire Horn Strobe, Standard on, Red PC2RH 2 -Wire Horn Strobe, High cd, Red PC2Wt 2 -Wire Horn Strobe, Standard cd, White PC2WH' 2 -Wire Horn Strobe, High on, White PC4R 4 -Wire Horn Strobe, Standard cd, Red PC4RH 4 -Wire Horn Strobe, High cd, Red D " 2.25CEJ 0 on skirt BBSC-2 Back Bax Skirt, Ceiling, Red PC4W 4 -Wire Horn Strobe, Standard ctl, White Back Box Skirt, Ceiling, White TRC HS Trim Ring, Ceiling, Red TRCW- Trim Ring, Ceiling, White HS Ni ' Add "-P" to model number for plain housing (no "FIRE" marking on cover), e.g., ?2R -P. } Add "-SP" to model number lar'FUEGO" marking or cover, e.g., P2R-SP. + "Standard cd" refers to strobes that include 15. 15175, 30. 75. 95, 110, and 115 cancels settings. "High cd" raters to strobes that include 135, 150. 177, and 185 candela settings. SysTEM 3625 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles. IL 60174 Pro a u soil®20 i sr u v v PhoneB00O•Fax: 630-377-6495 I1nn l,'" nI II F...SEN .anv {':.ldinc7 S?rehsrt SCR Strobe. Standard cd, Red — - Strobe. High cd, Red SCW' Strobe. Standard cd, White SCWH Strobe, High on, White Arocossonc5 BBSC-2 Back Bax Skirt, Ceiling, Red PC4W 4 -Wire Horn Strobe, Standard ctl, White Back Box Skirt, Ceiling, White TRC HS Trim Ring, Ceiling, Red TRCW- Trim Ring, Ceiling, White HS Ni ' Add "-P" to model number for plain housing (no "FIRE" marking on cover), e.g., ?2R -P. } Add "-SP" to model number lar'FUEGO" marking or cover, e.g., P2R-SP. + "Standard cd" refers to strobes that include 15. 15175, 30. 75. 95, 110, and 115 cancels settings. "High cd" raters to strobes that include 135, 150. 177, and 185 candela settings. SysTEM 3625 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles. IL 60174 Pro a u soil®20 i sr u v v PhoneB00O•Fax: 630-377-6495 I1nn l,'" nI II F...SEN .anv Applicant ID No: 974889-001 Service Center No:1 Expires' 31-MAR-2016 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the Alarm Service Company indicated below is included by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) in its Product Directories as eligible to use the UL Listing Mark in connection with Certificated Alarm Systems. The only evidence of compliance with UL's requirements is the issuance of a UL Certificate for the Alarm System and the Certificate is current under UL's Certificate Verification Service. This Certificate does not apply in any way to the communication channel between the protected property and any facility that monitors signals from the protected property unless the use of a UL listed or Classified. Alarm Transport Company is specified on the Certificate. Listed Service From: BENTONVILLE, AR Alarm Service Company: (974889-001) Service Center: (974889-001) WAL-MART STORES INC ALARM CENTRAL WAL-MART STORES INC ALARM CENTRAL 702 SW STH ST 702 SW 8TH ST BENTONVILLE AR 72716 BENTONVILLE AR 72716 The Alarm Service Company is Listed in the following Certificate Service Categories: File - Vol No CCN Listmq!_Categbry S3152-7 UUFX [Signal and Fire Alarm Equipment and'Services] (Protective Signaling Services) Central Station S25115-1 UUKA Proprietary Fire Alarm Monitoring Stations. ***THIS CERTIFICATE EXPIRES ON 31 -MAR -2016"** "LOOK FOR THE LIL ALARM SYSTEM CERTIFICATE" www.boschsecurity.com 0 BOSCH Invented for life GV4 panels are the premier commercial control panel line from Bosch. GV4 panels integrate intrusion, fire and access control providing one simple user interface for all systems. With the ability to adapt to large and small applications, the D9412GV4 provides up to 246 individually identified points that can be split into 32 areas. The control panel includes a communicator that sends events to selected public switched telephone network (PSTN), IP network, or cellular network destinations through four programmable route groups. With the D9412GV4 you can: • Monitor alarm points for intruder or fire alarms while operating keypads and other outputs • Program all system functions local or remote using Remote Programming Software (RPS) or by using basic programming through the keypad. • Add up to eight doors of access control using the optional D9210C Access Control Interface Module. ® Fully integrated intrusion, fire, and access control .allows users to interface with one system instead of three o. Conettix IP -based communication options provide high-speed, secure alarm transport and control through connection of wired and/or cellular network interfaces ® Up to 32 programmable areas, each supporting perimeter and interior points with your choice of touch screen, ATM style, or LED keypads ® 246 hardwired, addressable or wireless points with flexible configuration options to meet multiple installation requirements ® OPTIONAL GV4 version 2.00 firmware upgrade available (NEW) Programmable Outputs • 2 A alarm power at 12 VDC • 1.4 A auxiliary power at 12 VDC • Four alarm -output patterns • Programmable bell test System Response • High-performance micro -controller provides industry-leading system response • High-speed device bus • 31 custom point indexes, including fire supervisory • Selectable point response time Cross point capability Fire alarm verification • Fire inspector's local test • Watch mode • Scheduled events (SKEDS) arm, disarm, bypass and unbypass points, control relays, control authority levels, and control door access User Interface • Supervision of up to 16 keypads Remote Programming Software (RPS) Lite allows end users to perform control panel management tasks - Add/Delete/Change user passcodes and authorities, view and print the panel history event log Custom keypad text is fully programmable, including remote programming Full function command menu including Custom Functions Authority by area and 16 -character name for each user 14 custom authority levels control user's authority to change, add, or delete passcodes or access control credentials; to disarm or bypass points; and to start system tests Area Configurations Area programming offers a wide selection of different system configurations. Each area is assigned an account number to define annunciation, control, and reporting functions. Multiple areas can be linked to a shared area which is automatically controlled (hallway or lobby). Area arming can be conditional on other areas (master or associate). Any area can be configured for perimeter and interior arming, not requiring a separate area for this function. Custom Functions For added convenience, Custom Functions can be programmed to eliminate keystrokes for users allowing the installer to program an easy command for a complicate function. For example, a custom function can be written to bypass a group of points and arm the system, allowing the user to perform this function with one easy command. This can be used to control a particular room, or even a single door allowing customized access. In additions, Custom Functions can be activated with a token or card, or automatically as a scheduled event (SKED) providing further flexibility and ease of use. Door -Activated Custom Function A custom function activates when user credentials are presented to a D9210C Access Control Interface Module door controller's reader. The custom function behaves as though the user performed a function at the keypad associated with the door controller. Passcode Security For high security applications, GV4 can be configured for several different passcode options. • Dual Authentication - requires a user to enter their passcode and also use a token or card. • Two -Man Rule - Requires two people with two unique passcodes to be present at the time of opening. Early Ambush - Allows users to verify that the facility is safe by requiring two passcode entries at different keypads within the same area, sending a duress event if the user does not enter the passcode a second time after inspecting the premises. Easy Exit Control The D9412GV4 Control Panel changes from one armed state to another armed state without disarming. For example, if you change the state from Perimeter Arm to Master Arm, the control panel complies and reports the change. Easy Exit Control reduces the number of keystrokes, simplifying system operation. Programmable Passcode-controlled Menu List The system prompts users to enter a passcode prior to viewing the keypad menu. The keypad display shows the user the menu options allowed according to the user's authority level. Passcode-controlled menus provide users only with the options and information pertinent to them, simplifying system operation. Flexible Control The system provides the flexibility to select added convenience or high security. For example, you can restrict passcode arming and disarming to a keypad's immediate local area, even if the user has access to other areas. This is particularly useful for high security areas, where a user may have access to the area, but would prefer to only disarm the area individually rather than with the rest of the system. Another option is to program the system to disarm all areas the user can. access from any keypad. Invisible Walk Test A menu item allows the user to test invisible 24-hour points within the scope of the keypad without sending a report to the central station. System Users The system supports up to 1000 users, each can have a passcode, an access token and a wireless keyfob. User passcodes contain three to six digits. Passcodes can be assigned to one of 14 customized authority levels in each area, and can be restricted to operate only during certain times. Communication Formats The D9412GV4 Control Panel prioritizes and sends reports in Contact ID or Modem Illa2 communications formats to four route groups. Each group has a programmable primary and backup destination. The D9412GV4 provides flexible communications for most central stations with reporting capabilities such as: • Individual point numbers • Opening or closing reports by user and area number • Remote programming attempts • Diagnostic reports IP Communication The D9412GV4 uses the 6426/6420 Connetix Ethernet Communication Module, DX4020 and/or the ITS-DX4020-G Cellular Communicator to communicate with the Conettix D6600 and D6100i Communications Receiver/Gateways. Using Conettix IP communication offers a secure path that includes anti-replay/anti- substitution features and provides enhanced security with encryption. The B420, DX4020 and ITS-DX4020-G can all be used for remote programming.. GV4 is the first Security Control panel to support DNS (Domain Name System) for both remote programming and central station communication. DNS provides ease of use, eliminating the need to use static IP addresses as your reporting destination and accommodates a simple solution for central station disaster recovery. IP Setup is available via the installer keypad menus and the remote programming software, eliminating the need to use complicated internet programming tools such as ARP and Telnet. Communication Paths D9412GV4 Control Panels accommodate up to four separate destinations for primary, alternate, and backup receivers for automatic test reports. When resetting alarms or arming or disarming a system, the user is identified by name and number. Firmware Updates Remote firmware updates using the RPS Firmware Update wizard through the IP connection (6426/13420 Connetix Ethernet Communication Module) as well as an on-site flash update key, provides for easy feature enhancements without replacing ROM chips. 'For GV4 version 2.00 firmware update information, refer to the, "GV4 version 2.00 firmware updates" datasheet to learn more about key enhancements, and supported products. A wide variety of input options Each point: • Accommodates normally -open (NO) and normally -closed INC) devices with end -of -line (EOL) resistor supervision. • Is programmable for fire, fire supervisory, or intrusion application. • Can be hard -wired, addressable, or wireless. Security and Fire Detection The D9412GV4 Control Panel provides eight on -board points, and up to 238 additional off -board points. You can program individual points to monitor all types of burglar alarms, fire alarms, and supervision devices. Access Control The D9412GV4 provides custom door strike, point shunt and auto disarming response by area. There are 14 panel -wide access levels with both manual and scheduled control. Store, view, or print access events such as: Access granted No entry • Request to enter • Request to exit Wireless Interface The B820 SDI2 Inovonics Interface Module connects an Inovonics EN4200 Serial Receiver to the control panel SDI2 bus, allowing this UL Listed wireless system to be programmed locally via the panel keypad, as well as remotely through RPS. Event Log The event log stores up to 1,000 local and transmitted events. The event log includes time, date, event, area, point, user number, and transmission status. View the event log from a keypad or use RPS to remotely retrieve event information. RPS operators can retrieve events periodically using one call, rather than receiving several calls each day. When the event log reaches a programmed threshold of stored events, it can send an optional report to a receiver. Scheduled Events (SKEDS) The internal clock and calendar start individually scheduled events (SKEDS). SKEDS perform functions such as arm or disarm, relay control, or point bypassing. The D9412GV4 Control Panel offers: • 40 scheduled events with up to 25 different functions • Eight opening windows and eight closing windows • Eight user windows • Day -of -week, date -of -month, or holiday only schedules • Four holiday schedules of 366 days each (leap year) Fire Test When a user activates Fire Test Mode, the control panel suppresses all reports to the central station. The keypad and annunciator show all testing data. An automatic sensor reset feature saves time; you do not need to reset the sensors manually. At the end of test, the keypad shows the number of untested points. Programming, Diagnostics and Controls Installers can program locally or remotely through RPS as well as basic keypad programming. A programmable system passcode prevents unauthorized remote programming. Two Data Buses GV4 provides 2 data buses which support a wide array of components. The SDI bus supports keypads, access, and communications modules and also allows connection of existing components in a retrofit application. The new SDI2 bus supports input and output devices as well as a new wireless interface module, and an Ethernet communicator. SDI2 allows these devices to be mounted up to 1000 ft (305 m) from the control panel, providing installation convenience and flexibility. Commercial Fire Alarm Support Suitable for Commercial Fire (UL 864, 9t' Edition) applications. USA: UL365 Police Station Connected Burglar Alarm Units , UL 609 Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL 636 (NEW) Holdup Alarm Units and Systems UL365 Police Station Connected Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL 609 Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL 636 (NEW) Holdup Alarm Units and Systems UL 864 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems (Commercial Fire) UL 985 Household Fire Warning System Units UL 1023 Household Burglar Alarm System Units UL 1076 Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL1610 Central Station Burglar Alarm Units ANSI/SIA False Alarm Reduction CP -01:2010 FM 3010 Fire Alarm Signaling Systems CSFM California Office of The State Fire Marshall 7165-1615:0242 Control Unit (Commercial) FCC Part 15 Class B, Part 68 Region =C€ USA UL 1023, UL 636 '.. CSFM 71671615:02437167- CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) CSFM 7165-1615:0242 7165 --FIRE CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) ALARM FDNY- #6174 UL 8649th Edition CoA Canada ULC 20140407-S1871; ULCJORD-C1076- M1986, CAN/ULC-S304/06, CAN/ULC- S303-M91, CAN -ORD C1023 - Brazil ANATEL 108312-1855 Compatible Products Keypads D1265 Touch Screen Keypad D1255 Series Keypads D1260 Series Keypads D1256RB Fire Keypad D1257RB Remote Fire Alarm Annunciator D720 Series Keypads D279A Independent Zone Control Detectors D278S Four -wire Addressable Detector Base, 12 VDC D285/TH Photoelectric Smoke Detector Heads D298S Addressable Detector Base, 24 VDC D7050 Series Addressable Photoelectric Smoke and Smoke Heat Detector Heads F220-86PM/S 12/24 VDC Addressable Detector Bases with POPITs FCC -380 Carbon Monoxide Detector MX775i Addressable PIR Detector MX794i Long Range Multiplex PIR Detector MX934i Addressable PIR Detector MX938i Addressable PIR Detector ZX776Z PIR Detector ZX794Z Long Range PIR Detector ZX835 TriTech Microwave/PIR Detector ZX935Z PIR Detector ZX938Z PIR Detector ZX970 PIR/Microwave Detector Bosch conventional detectors, including Professional Series, Blue Line Gen2, Blue Line, Classic Line, Commercial Line, and Ceiling Mount motion detectors, as well as glass break, seismic, request -to -exit, photoelectric, heat, and smoke detectors. Enclosures D8103 Universal Enclosure D8108A Attack -resistant Enclosure D8109 Fire Enclosure Magnetic Contacts Bosch magnetic contacts include recessed, terminal connection, miniature, overhead door, and surface mount. Modules Conettix B426 Ethernet Communication Module (NEW) B208 Octo-input Module B308 Octo-output Module 8520 Auxiliary Power Supply Module (NEW) B820 SDI2 Inovonics Interface Module Conettix B420 Ethernet Communication Module Conettix ITS-DX4020-G Cellular Integrated Communicator Conettix DX4020 Network Interface Module Conettix DX4010V2 USB/Serial Interface Module Conettix C900V2 Dialer Capture Module D113 Battery Lead Supervision Module D 1258 Dual Class B Initiating Module D126 Standby Battery (12V, 7 Ah) D 127 Reversing Relay Module D129 Class A Initiating Module D130 Auxiliary Relay Module D185 Reverse Polarity Signaling Module D161 Phone Cord D162 Phone Cord D192G Notification Appliance Circuit Module D928 Phone Line Switcher D5060 MUX Programmer D8125 POPEX Point Expander D8128D OctoPOPIT Eight -point Expander D8125MUX Point Expander D8125INV Wireless Interface Module D8129 Octo-relay Module D8130 Door Release Module D9127 Series POPIT Modules D9210C Access Control Interface Module DS7432 Eight -input Remote Module DS7457i Series Single -zone Multiplex Input Modules DS7460i Two -input Module DS7461i Single -input Multiplex Module DS7465i Input and Output Module ICP -SDI -9114 SDI Splitter Transformers D1640 Transformer D1640 -CA Transformer Programming RPS or RPS -LITE Remote Programming Software Readers ARD -R10 iCLASS Mullion Reader ARD -1140 CLASS Switchplate Reader ARD-RK40-09 CLASS PIN Reader ARD-VSMART CLASS Reader D8223 Prox Pro Reader D8224 Mullion Reader D8224 -SP Switch Plate Reader D8225 Mini Mullion Reader D8301W Low -profile Proximity Readers Wireless lnovonics wireless 8820 SDI2 lnovonics Interface Module ENKIT-SDI2 lnovonics Interface and Receiver Kit. Includes B820 and EN4200 EN1210 Universal Transmitter (Single -input) EN 1210EOL Universal Transmitter with EOL Resistor EN1210W Door -Window Transmitter with Reed Switch EN1215FOL Universal Transmitter with Wall Tamper, Reed Switch, and EOL Resistor EN1223D Water-resistant Pendant Transmitter (Double -button) EN 12235 Water-resistant Pendant Transmitter (Single -button) EN 1224 -ON Multiple -Condition Pendant Transmitter EN1233D Necklace Pendant Transmitter (Double -button) EN 1233S Necklace Pendant Transmitter (Single -button) EN1235D Beltclip PendantTransmitter (Double -button) EN1235DF Fixed -location Transmitter (Double -button) ENI 235S Beltdip Pendant Transmitter (Single -button) EN1235SF Fixed -location Transmitter (Single -button) EN 1247 Glass -break Detector Transmitter EN1249 Bill Trap Transmitter EN1242 Smoke Detector Transmitter EN1260 Wall Mount Motion Detector EN1261HT High Traffic Motion Detector EN 1262 Motion Detector with Pet Immunity EM1265 360° Ceiling Mount Motion Detector EN4200 Serial Receiver EN5040-T High Power Repeater with Transformer The D9412GV4 includes the following parts Quant Component 1 D9412GV4 1 Faceplate with D9412GV4 Label 1 Literature pack • Installation Instructions • Owners Manual • Release Notes 1 Literature CD containing all product literature The available kits come with the parts indicated in the following table: Kits Components -A -8 -C D9412GV4 1 1 1 D 122 Dual Battery Harness 1 2 - Trademarks D161 Dual Modular Phone Cord D928 Dual Phone Line Switcher 1 Inovonics is a trademark of Inovonics Wireless Corporation. D1640 Transformer 1 1 D8103 Enclosure 1 D8108AAttack-resistant Enclosure 1 D8109 Fire Enclosure 1 D101 Lock and Key Set 1 1 D101F Lock and Key Set 1 IMMEMMEMEEMEMM communications Telephone - One telephone line Connection. • D928 Dual Phone Line Module required for two telephone. lines Environmental Considerations Relative Humidity: 5% to 93% at+30oC (+86oF), non -condensing Temperature (operating): 0"G to+50°C(+32oF to+122oF) _. Number of... Areas:.... 32.. Card Readers (Doors): 8. Credentials (Tokens): 999 Custom Functions: 18 Events:... Passcode Users: 999, plus 1 service passcode Parallel Printers: 3... Points: 246 (8 on board, up to 238 off -board) Programmable Relay Outputs: 131 RF Points: 238 SKEDs: 40 Power Requirements Current Draw (Maximum): 300 mA Output (Alarm): 2 A at 12 VDC Output (Auxiliary, Continuous 1.4 A at 12 VDC nominal Power, and Switched Auxiliary combined): Voltage (Operating): 12 VDC nominal Voltage (AC): 16.5 VAC 40 VA plug-in transformer (131640) D9412GV4 246 -point Control Communicator Order number D9412GV4 D9412GV4-A Attack -resistant Package Contains one PCB, one transformer, and one attack - resistant enclosure. Order number D9412GV4-A D9412GV4-B Fire/Burglar Package Contains one PCB, one dual battery harness, two telephone cords, one telephone line switcher, one transformer, and one fire enclosure. Order number D9412GV4-a D9412GV4-C Standard Burglar Package Contains one PCB, one lock and key set, one transformer, and one universal enclosure. Order number D9412GV4-C Accessories SDI2 Inovonics Interface and Receiver Kit Kit containing B820 and EN4200 for use on SDI2 bus panels. Order number ENKIT-SDI2 D928 Dual Phone Line Switcher Allows the control panel to operate over and supervise two separate phone lines. Only one D162 phone cord is supplied. Two additional D161 or D162 phone cords are required. Order number D928 D122 Dual Battery Harness Harness with circuit breaker. Connects two batteries to a compatible control panel. Order number D322 D122L Dual Battery Harness with Long Leads Color -coded harness with circuit breaker and leads measuring 89 cm (35 in.). Connects 12 V batteries to compatible control panels. Order number D122L D126 Standby Battery (12 V, 7 Ah) A rechargeable sealed lead -acid power supply used as a secondary power supply or in auxiliary or ancillary functions. Order number D126 D1218 Battery (12 V, 18 Ah) A 12 V sealed lead -acid battery for standby and auxiliary power with two bolt -fastened terminals. Includes hardware for attaching battery leads or spade connectors Order number D1218 D1224 Battery (12 V, 26.28 Ah) A 12 V sealed lead -acid battery for standby and auxiliary power with two bolt -fastened terminals. Includes hardware for attaching battery leads or spade connectors. order number D1224 D1238 Battery (12 V, 38 Ah) A 12 V sealed lead -acid battery for standby and auxiliary power with two bolt -fastened terminals. Includes hardware for attaching battery leads or spade connectors. Order number D1238 D137 Mounting Bracket Used to mount accessory modules in D8103, D8108A, and D8109 enclosures. Order number D137 D138 Mounting Bracket, Right Angle Used to mount accessory modules in D8103, D8108A, and D8109 enclosures. Order number D138 D1640 Transformer system transformer rated at 16.5 VAC, 40 VA. Order number D1640 D8004 Transformer Enclosure For applications such as fire alarm that might require a transformer enclosure. Order number D8004 D9002.5 Mounting Skirt Mounts inside D8103, D8108A, and D8109 enclosures. Can accept up to six standard 7.62 cm x 12.7 cm (3 in. x 5 in.) cards. Order number D9002.5 D301 Lock and Key Set Short -body lock set with one key supplied. Uses the D102 (#1358) replacement key. Order number D101 D110 Tamper Switch Screw -on tamper switch that fits all enclosures. Shipped in packages of two. Order number D110 ICP-EZTS Dual Tamper Switch Combination tamper switch with a wire loop for additional tamper outputs. Order number ICF-EZTS DB108A Attack Resistant Enclosure Grey steel enclosure measuring 41 cm x 41 cm x 9 cm (16 in. x 16 in. x 3.5 in.). UL Listed. Includes lock and key set. B520, B4512, and 85512 require the B12 mounting plate. Order number D8108A D8103 Enclosure Grey steel enclosure measuring 41 cm x 41 cm x 9 cm (16 in. x 16 in. x 3.5 in.). Order number D8103 D8109 Fire Enclosure Red steel enclosure measuring 40.6 cm x 40.6 cm x 8.9 cm (16 in. x 16 in. x 3.5 in). UL Listed. Includes a lock and key set. Order number D8109 Software Options RPS Kit (USB) Account management and control panel programming software with USB security key (dongle). Order number D550OC-USB Represented by: America Latina: Bosch f5hanghail Security Systems Ltd 1 1 mmmmommi ASI. R-ific: Americas: Systems. Inc. Bosch Security Systems BV. Represented by: America Latina: Bosch f5hanghail Security Systems Ltd Coined Bosch Ltd. Security 5ys1ems Doax.on Europe, Middle East, Africa: ASI. R-ific: Americas: Systems. Inc. Bosch Security Systems BV. Robert ISEAI Pte Ltd Security Bosch Security Penoton Parkway PBox 80002 .O. Phone. 155 19 2103 2B60 130 Fan,OR. New VOM, 14450. USA 5617 BA Eintl —J. The Netherlands Spshan Street 1 Sngapore Phone 11 800 289 0096 Phone: 1314025]]484 5]3943 Phone: +6565712BOB Fax: 11 585 243 9190 Fax 31 40 2577 330 s urilyzyslems@boscb.com Fax, +656571269x uoty. zales@us bi tom a pc secunlysytlem@boschmm enty.us www on—hscu wwwboscbsecurtly.com vww.boachsecurity.asia £ 8ae1h Security Syalema 20141 Wta An,act In changa without notice 248553]8.31 en. x15. 15. Jul 2014 China: America Latina: Bosch f5hanghail Security Systems Ltd Coined Bosch Ltd. Security 5ys1ems Doax.on ]01 Building, No. 333 Fupuan Road Via AnMnguera, Km 90 NORh IBP CEP 13065-900 Char,oux Biunri. Shanghai Campinas,Sao Paulo, Brasil 200335 China Phone. 155 19 2103 2B60 Phone 186 21 22181111 Fax 155 13 2103 2B62 Fax 18621 22102390 latam.boschzecuroy@b... 1, wwcv boscheecurity.comcn ex—boschin-anly.com Table 7: Current Rating Chart for Standby Battery Calculations A B C AC Power On AC Power Off In Alarm Normal Current (MA) Minimum Current (MA) Maximum Current (mA) Each Qty Total Each Unit Qty Total Each Qty Total Model Number Qty Used Unit Unit Ob4l2GV4/ 225 x1' 2� �.' 225 x1 �-;-225 �� 30b x1 300' -DT413GV4. ;QX212GV4, 35 x Qty 35 x Qty 35 X Qty B208 — 22 x::, xOrt t 22 xQty 22 y90 zQt y 8308'.s', 90 xQty =_ .., 90 xQty _ xQty -_ B420' H820 100 x Qty 100 x Qty 110 X. Qty — .25 �x:QCI 7 s`a -.;;", .25 C. .X'Qty' , 'v _. ,.r'i`68. xQtY x Qty 5 x Qty 55 x Qty 81275 — 28 rp .:.. `23 x 4 Y. ^.,� X6ty r ,7 a: 25 �.. x: Qty ,M9, D185 245 x Oty 245 x Qty = 300 X Qty _ 35 ,xtY Y'ie'r''�-.,, 35 x Qty i :r„100 X:Qty -- A152G D1255/D12556 104 x Qty 106 x Qty 206 X Qty — Di75€ID1i5'T,I 104 . _ x,Wiy Tsai 106 . .. xQtY :«✓_!,: ;'y`06 X:Qty ,.., D1255RB 104 _ . x Qty 106 x Qty 225 x Qty -D12fiR6 104 x 4"CY �„ ''fa —. ;. 108 x Qty' Y ^ 1 `226 r '3.x. x Qty” - D1257RB 104 x Qty - 106 x Qty 225 x Qty 612 0/D12B(�B xQt t ,4 1 14c),xOty . _ -�- �+'`"4'w''250 .,-XQty D720 _ _ .140 20 x Qty - 20 x Oty 100 X Qty 6a - .6o x bry x Q`ry 'r sa: _xQty Dai2s ... X D8125MUX 140 x Oty = 140 X Qty - 140 = Qty "D6328D r 25 " x C1LYt .—i- ., 25 x tztY , . .? 60. X`Qty; _ 08112929 20 x Qty 20 x Qty Refer to footnotes '.7 "" 7 xQty xQtY.> 60 '� _ .t..' x Qt Y fJe13,0 .,, _ _' D9127T/U 0.8 x Only 0.8 x Oty 0.8 x Qty 91.31A 23 xQcy .+,., 21 XQkY xoty '. D9210C- 110 —x;" x Qty 110 x Oty 110s x Qty zo -a 'e city 20 xQtY -_ w 109. X. Qty 0528 DX4010Vea. 50 x..L—= x CRY =_ 50 x Qty .. -`- 55 x Qty = DX407,0 80 XfltY k "" ,"'80 xQty -, ,s '04 X.Qty . ITS-DX4020G ._ s0 _ X oty 50 x Qty = 200 X Qty - Ratings of other devices in the system that are not shown above: - X Qty ...,. —.,. x MY .. .. X Qty x Qty = x Qty = x Qty = — x QtY x Qty x Qty - xOty = ..� xOty - XQty = _ Total A _,_ Total Total C 1 The In Alarm calculation for the D8129 is: 20 x Qty + (16.25 x number of relays) 2 Use 110 mA+ reader current. Do not exceed 260 RIX 3 UL requires that the DX401OV2 be used for programming only. 4 (digital section = 22mA) + (Qty of relays x 16 mA)= total current. (Add 16 mA for each relay being used) 5 lOBaseT Ethernet: 90mA max, 10OBaseT Ethernet: 100mA max 24 Bosch Security Systems, Inc. 13/12 1 F01U266055-01 www.boschsecurity.comBOSCH i\ Invented for life The D113 supervises wiring connections for two 12 V batteries that are connected to the same set of charging terminals. CSFM 7300-1615.0161 NYC- 12-92-E, Vol. XII 12-92-E, Vol. 12 MEA NYC- 12-92-E, Vol. 1512-92E, Vol. 15 MEA 9 D113 Battery Lead Supervision Module Supervises wiring connections for two 12 V batteries connected to the same set of charging terminals. order number D113 Battery Lead Supervision Module ®113 Installation Instructions Notice These instructions cover the installation of Bosch Security Systems D113 Battery Lead Supervision Module in a system controlled by a Bosch Security Systems 12 VDC control/communicator. This module maybe used with other panels when referenced in the panel's installation/operation instructions. Install, test and maintain the D 113 according to these instructions, NFPA 72, Local Codes and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. Failure to follow these instructions may result in failure of the device to operate properly. Bosch Security Systems is not responsible for improperly installed, tested or maintained devices. ®These instructions contain procedures tofollow in order to avoidpersonal injury and damage to equipment. a WARNING j NFRA 72 requires a complete system-widefitnctional test beperfomedfollowingany modifications, repair, j1 upgrades or adjustments made to the system's components,hardware, wiring, programming -and software/ �—..! firmware. IMPORTANT 1.0 Device Description Bosch Security Systems D113 Battery Lead Supervision Module provides supervision of the battery lead connection between the module and one or two batteries in a 12 VDC system. The DI 13 meets NFPA 72 requirements for Battery Lead Supervision forFireAlarm Panels. 2.0 Specifications Input;Molt' Range -10-'2v f3.9 Y .Dotes s .(min.) (max) , Battery Voltage 12 V nominal Input Current Range* 31 mA 470 nnA Current drawn from FACP while charging the batteries. Standby Current 31 mA Use for battery capacity calculation. 'Current draw is 31 mA to 470 mA. 2.1 Compatible Batteries Part Num}�er Voltage. >., ._ D126 12VDC 7 A D1218 12 VDC 17 Ah 3.0 Trouble and Supervisory Conditions When the D113 detects a disconnected battery lead, it creates a shorted condition on the supervising zone or point. Program the panel according to the appropriate programming guide to generate a trouble response to a shorted condition on the loop. Reset the D1 13 by reconnecting the battery lead and clearing the trouble condition at the FACP. Note. The DI 13 will also indicate a trouble condition ifone or both ofthe batteries are connected with theirpolarity reversed. To reset, disconnect the batteries and reconnectproperly. Note.. When two batteries are connected inparallel.toaFACPwithon-board battery lead supervision, thepanel cannot detect a single missing battery. Use theD113 in all fire applications using two batteries. SCH 1!r Security Systems BO v i. www.boschsecLirity.com "I . I` cBOSCH The B426 Conettix Ethernet Communication Module is a four -wire powered SDI, SD12, or Option bus device that provides two-way communication with compatible control panels over IPv4 or IPv6 Ethernet networks. Typical applications include: • Reporting and path supervision to a Conettix Communications Receiver/Gateway. • Remote administration and control with Remote Programming Software (RPS) or our Remote Security Control application for handheld devices. • Connection to building automation and integration applications. The B426 is built for a wide variety of secure commercial and industrial applications. Flexible end- to-end path supervision, AES encryption, and anti- substitution features make 8426 desirable for high security and fire monitoring applications. It is capable as a stand-alone path or it can be used in conjunction with another communication technology. For Fire Monitoring applications, the B426 meets UL864 and NFPA72 standards for Single Communication Technology with approved Bosch control panels. EZZIMMEMOKMEMEMM .Use the 8426 for bi-directional communication over an Ethernet network. Invented for life Full two-way IP event reporting with remote control panel programming support ® 10/100 Base -T Ethernet communication for IPv6 and IPv4 networks P. NIST-FIPS197 Certified for 128 -bit to 256 -bit AES Encrypted Line Security - s Plug and Play installation, including UPnP service to enable remote programming behind firewalls o� Advanced configuration by browser or RPS with compatible Bosch control panels 8426 system connections overview Callout— Description Callout—Description I — Compatible Bosch 7 — Conettix D6100i Communications control panel Receiver/Gateway and/or Conettix D6600 Communications Receiver/ Gateway (Conettix D6600 Communications Receiver/Gateway requires 8, 9, and 10) 2 — Data bus connection 8 — Ethernet network connection to between the control panel the Ethernet adapter (D6680/ITS- and the module D6682/ITS-D6686) n) m shown) Network Adaptr 3-8426 9 Conettix Ethernet Network Adapter (ITS -D6682 shown) 4— Ethernet connection 10— Connection from iTSD6682 to between module and the COM4 Port on the Conettix D6600 Ethernet network Communications Receiver/Gateway 5-- Ethernet network, 11 Ethernet network connection Local Area Network (LAN), between the host computer Ethernet Metropolitan AreaNetwork networkinterface card (NIC) and. the. (MAN), Wide Area Network Ethernet network (WAN), or Internet 6—Ethernet network 12—Host PC running Remote connection to the D6100i Programming Software, Automation, or Communications Receiver the Conettix D6200 Programming/ (D6100i/D61001Pv6) Administration Software Conettix IP communication The 8426 uses Conettix IF protocol which supports: • Full event code reporting and administration • Flexible supervision intervals • Resistance to Denial of Service attacks • 128, 192 or 256 -bit AES encryption • Anti -replay and anti -substitution switch addressing Use the address switch to easily assign a bus address or setup for web configuration. IP network support Supports DHCP, UPnP, and Auto IF addressing by default, but can also be configured for Static IP networks. The B426 Conettix Ethernet Communication Module is compatible with IPv6 or IPv4 networks. With compatible control panels, it supports reporting to receivers with Domain Name System (DNS) hostnames for automatic disaster recovery. Easy configuration For most installations, the default B426 settings allow installation with no computer required. An address switch allows easy bus address selection. Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) supports automatic UDP port mapping for remote programming systems when behind a firewall, as well as HTTP port mapping for B426 web configuration. Auto IP enables a direct PC connection without changing any PC network settings. For customized network settings, the B426 supports a full web configuration menu. B Series and GV4 Series control panels support keypad and RPS programming of B426 settings. LEDs Three LEDs provide status and troubleshooting information about the module and its connection. 1N;.. LED Description Heartbeat Indicates the system status of the B426 and its connection to the panel RX Indicates when an inbound packet received on the bus. TX Indicates when an outbound packet is transmitted on thebus.. Region US UL365- Police5tationConnected Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL 609- Local Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL 864- Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems (Including NFPA 72 ) UL 985 - Household Fire Warning System Units UL 1023- Household Burglar Alarm System Units UL 1076- Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems UL 1610 -Central Station Burglar Alarm Units FCC Part15 Class B, NIST FIPS-197 AES Certification (IP Communications) Canada CAN/ULCS3034ocal Burglar Alarm Unitsand Systems CAN/ULC S304 - Signal Receiving Centre and Premise Alarm Control Units ULC -ORD C1023 - Household Burglar Alarm System Units ULC -ORD C1076 - Proprietary Burglar Alarm Units and Systems ICES -003 - Digital Apparatus EU EN 50130-4. EN 61000-6-3, EN 60950 .... Region ` m Cerufiiatiori. USA CSFM 7167-1615:02477167 -CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) CSFM 7300-1615:0232 7300-- FIREALARM CONTROL UNIT ACCESSORIES/MISE.' DEVICES FDNY #6174 UL8649th Edition CoA Compatible control panels AMAX 2000/2100/3000/4000 B Series GV4 Series GV3 Series GV2 Series G Series Version 6.3 or higher D9412/D7412/D7212 D9112 DS7220 Version 2.10 or higher DS7240 Version 2.10 or higher DS7400XiV4 Version 4.10 or higher Easy Series V3+ FPD -7024 Solution 2000/3000 Compatible applications • A -Link Plus. Supported on all compatible control panels. • RPS/RPS Lite. Supported on all compatible control panels. • PC9000. Supported on D9412, D7412, D7212, G Series, GV2 Series and GV3 Series (version 8.05 only). • 152000. Supported on G Series, GV2 Series and GV3 Series (version 8.05 only). • Remote Security Control. Supported on GV4 Series, B Series, and Solution 2000/3000 control panels. Mounting considerations Mount the B426 into the enclosure's 3 -hole mounting pattern using the supplied mounting screws and mounting bracket. Wiring considerations The B426 connects to a control panel using a data bus connection and to an Ethernet network using a standard Category 5 or above Ethernet cable with an RJ -45 plug. Quantity component 1 - 8426 Conetox Ethernet. Communication Module 1 Hardware pack 1 - Interconnect cable wiring 1 Quick Start Guide (hardcopy): 1 Literature (mini -CD) Environmental considerations Relative humidity Up to 93% non -condensing Temperature 0° +49°C(+32° +120°F) (operating) Properties ....................... Board dimensions 595 mm x 108 mm x 16 mm (2.19 in x 4.25 in 0.629 in) Power requirements Current 90 mA (maximum) Voltage 12VDC nominal (operating) Connectors IAN/WAN RJ -45 modular port (Ethernet) Cabling ........ Ethernet cable Category 5 or better unshielded twisted pair Ethernet cable 100.m (328 ft) max length length Wiring Data bus wire 18 AWG or 22 AWG gauge Databuswire Maximum distance Wire size. length 150m(500ft)-0.65mm(22AWG) ., 300 m (1000 ft) - 1.02mm (18 AWG) Browser support Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 or higher Mozilla Firefox 3 or higher el tfetir�..,.,,�. iy¢.. .�.,..0 +�-M AM B426 Ethernet Communication Module Supports two-way communications over Ethernet networks for compatible control panels. order number 6426 Represented by: Europe, Middle East, Africa: Asi-Padfle CMna: America Latina: Americas: BoscS 3ecunty Systems U.N. Bobeit Bosch (SEAT Phe Ltd, Security Bosch(S Lld Robot Bosch Ltd. Security Systems O'mbmn BoschSecurity Systems. lnc Box 80002 Systems i.n,h..'333 Fupuao Rodd guera, Km 98 130 Perinton Parkway P.O. CA EindM1oven,TFe NetM1erlan 11 Behan Street 21 North IBP CEP 13065900 FaVport. New York, 14450. USA 5611 284 ngapore 573943 Slogan... LM1angning District. Shanghai Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil Phone: s18o0 269 0096 PM1one:+3140 2577 Phone :+6565]12808 200335 China PSone: +55 19 2103 2860 Fax 585 223 9160 Fax:+314025]]330 Fax :+6jr6571 2699 Phone 486 21 22181111 Fax :+5519 2103 2662 curitysales@us 6oscM1.mm s urilysystems@boscRmm IWµ m.bmcM1securrty@boschmm www boscM1secm¢y.os www�hoschsecority.com apcsecuritysys✓mzpbmcM1.com wwwboscFsecurity.asia Wax+862122182390 wboscbsecurity ourn rn w.boschsecuOty.com '..h Security Systems 2014 I Data subject to change without notice ]6559635311 en, Vlo, 11. Jul 2014 www.boschsecurity.com BOSCH _� The ICP -SDI -9114 SDI Splitter allows the set up of two independent, isolated SDI buses from a single SDI connection on the control panel. When this accessory is installed with a control panel and wired to create separate SDI buses for fire and intrusion devices, the system is a UL864 compliant combination control panel. 1 Notice The D9412GV3, D9412GV2, D7412GV3, and D7412GV2 control panels can be installed as a combination system per UL864, 9th edition requirements when used with the ICP -SDI -9114 SDI Splitter. The ICP -SDI -9114 SDI Splitter is compatible with Bosch Security Systems, Inc.'s D9412GV3, D7412GV3, D7212GV3, D9412GV2, D7412GV2, D7212GV2, D9412G, D7412G, D7212G, and D9124 control panels. Notice The D7212GV3, D7212GV2, and D7212G are not rated for Commercial Fire. Invented for life ® Provides two independent, isolated SDI buses from a single SDI connection to the control panel > Can be used to meet the requirements for a UL864 compliant combination control panel ® Does not affect the operation of the control panel or the associated SDI devices P Additional power can be supplied by an external power supply Connections The SDI splitter has three sets of four -position SDI terminals: PANEL, FIRE, and BURG. The PANEL terminals are used for the SDI connection to the control panel. The terminals labeled FIRE and BURG are handled equally, and either terminal can be assigned to any collection of devices that require two separate buses. The SDI splitter does not affect the operation of the control panel or the associated SDI devices. LEDs The SDI splitter has three green LEDs (labeled PANEL ACTIVE, FIRE ACTIVE, and BURG ACTIVE) that monitor bus activity. Power The SDI splitter operates on power from the control panel, but the DC current is limited to 550 mA for each bus (FIRE and BURG), or enough power for two D1255 keypads; two D1255RB, D1256RB, or D1257RB keypads; two D1260 keypads, or one D1265 keypad. An external power supply, connected with a common ground, is required to provide power for devices that exceed the 550 mA limit. A total of up to 32 SDI devices can connect to the Mechanical Properties output buses. A fault to the power or data connections Dimensions (H xWx D): 127 mmx74.mmx25 4mm of one bus does not affect the other bus. (5 in. x 2.9 in. x 1 in.) .. . Region certifioanon USA UL Lon Control Unit Accessories, System CSFM 7167-1615:0243 CSFM 7165-1615:0242 CSFM 7165-1615:0238 CSFM 7165-16t5;0119 CSFM 7167-1615:0239 FDNY- 6059 '• - CoA Mounting Considerations Notice UL requires that the SDI splitter be mounted in the same enclosure with the control panel, or in a separate enclosure in the same room within 20 ft (6.o m) of the control panel and connected by conduit. Wiring Considerations Wiring from the control panel to SDI splitter should be 0.8 mm (22 AWG) to 2.0 mm (12 AWG) wire with a maximum wire length of 6.0 m (20 ft). The maximum impedance of the wire from the control panel to the SDI splitter must not exceed 1 Q. The maximum total wiring length for any single bus is 3048 m (10,000 ft). To determine the maximum impedance, maximum wire length and appropriate wire gauge for wiring from the SDI splitter to the SDI devices, refer to the specifications for each SDI device. Quant. Component 1 SDI splitter 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack Weight: 0.13 kg (4.6 oz) Outputs _._ -_. -. _-....... Current (BURG bus): 550 mA maximum from control panel. Current (FIRE bus): 550 mA maximum from control panel. Power Requirements Current: 30 mA maximum Voltage (supply): 12.0 VDC nominal e ICP-SDI.9114 SDI Splitter Provides the ability to set up two independent SDI buses from a single SDI connection on the control panel. Order number ICP-SDI.9114 Represented by: Amedcas: Europe, Mlddle East, Africa: Asla-Pocula Fobert Bosch f3EPI Pte Ltd. Security China: Ltd, America Latina: Ltd. Systems 0lvinon Bosch Security System'. BozcF 3ecuri , Systems B V. 201cBu lding' N., III FupuanzRoad 9c8urily Via A Fanguere, Carosch 130 Perinton ParNway P.O. Box B0002 ]he Netherlands Synems Street Yl North IBP CEP 13065900 1a110o11, New York, 14450, USA 561]BP Eindhoven. Singapore CM1angnln District, Shan h gm Campinas, Sao Park. Brazil Phan a"Sp0'EI 0096 Phope :+314025]]284 pryone�6565]12808 800335 LM1'ma Phone:+55192]032860 Fax: +I 505 223 A180 Fan.+314025]]330 Fan+6565]12699 Phone +86 21 22181111 Fax 155 19 2103 2862 securitysales@us torch cam sscuritysystems@hmchcom 5seterns@hoschcom FvaV+062122192398 lµmmboschaseadly@hoschcom www.boscFsemritYus www. boschrocurltymm' ap9.securit w w boschcority.as:a moo—an ca wdoschsecurity.mm W Bosch Seconty Syslemc MIS [ Care subject to change wilhoul notice 251S788875 as. V2, O1. Or' 2011 www.boschsecurity.cornIBOSCH �I Invented for life This module is used for wiring connections to remote signaling devices. You can connect up to twelve D192G modules to the same system on compatible control panels. Wiring is supervised for open, short, or grounded circuit faults. The module powers notification appliances from the control panel power supply or from an Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL 1481) Listed auxiliary 12 VDC or 24 VDC regulated/power-limited power supply for fire protective signaling units and commercial/residential burglar units. This feature allows the system to support more signaling devices on longer wire runs. It also allows the use of 12 V or 24 V notification appliances requiring the appropriate power supply. Supervises 12 VDC or 24 VDC NACs The D192G powers the notification devices from either the control panel's power supply or from a UL Listed Auxiliary 12 VDC or 24 VDC regulated power -limited power supply for use with Fire Protective Signaling Units and Commercial and Residential Burglar. Units. Thechoice of power supply allows the use of*1%2 V or 24V notification devices. o. Supervises 12 VDC or 24 VDC notification appliance circuits (NACs) ® Supervised signal silencing switch o. Notification appliance circuit rated at 3.0 A - ® Multiple module configurations ® Mounts in panel enclosure Supervised Signal Silencing Switch The D192G module has a toggle switch for silencing the notification devices while testing the alarm panel. When this toggle switch is in the Silence (Off) position, the module indicates a supervisory trouble condition to the control panel. Multiple Module Configurations Several modules can be connected to the same zone or point on the control panel. If individual annunciation of a notification appliance circuit is desired, D192G modules can be connected to separate zones or points on -board or through the D8128D OctoPOPIT Eight -point Expander. Mounts in Panel Enclosure The D192G mounts inside the control panel enclosure using existing mounting holes or with a D137 or D138 Mounting Bracket. Refer to the control panel's installation guide for more information on mounting. Region .............. USA CSFM 7165-1615.0238 CSFM 7165-1615:0242 CSFM 7167-1615-0243 CSFM 7167-1615-0247 FDNY 6059 CoA NYC 12-92-E, Vol. 1212-92-E, Vol. 12 MEA _. NYC 12 92-E; Vol. 15 12 92-E, VOL 15 MEA_ . _... . Compatibility Information Category control Panels G-series'n B-senesz..... D94123, D74121, 1)7212" D91243 Detectors For a listof compatible two wire detectors, refer to the Approved Applications Compliance Guide forthe control panel being used, Modules D8128D OctoPOPIT Eight point Expander Mounting D137 Mounting Bracket Brackets D 138 Mounting Bracket, Right Angle ' G -series D9412GV4, D7412GV4, D7212GV4', D9412GV3, D7412GV3, D7212GV3', D9412GV2, D7412GV2, D7212GV2', D941263. D7412G', D7212G" ' B series = B5512 and B4512 ' These products are legacy products and have been investigated for compatibility only to UL8648th edition The D7212 models are not listed for commercial fire applications Notification Appliances Notification appliances used with the D192G Module must: • Be polarized (DC) equipment Match the voltage rating of the alarm power supply • Not exceed the current rating of the alarm power supply Not exceed 3.0 A in combined device current for each D1926 Module Wiring Use a Class B, Style W, two -wire circuit and wire according to the instructions supplied with the module. No more than twelve D192G modules can be used per system. For UL applications, a listed (UTRZ) regulated power supply can be used to power notification devices through the D192G module. To comply with NFPA Standards: • The control panel and power supply must be supervised or installed in the same room not more than 20 ft (6 m) from the module • Wiring between the control panel and the power supply must be in conduit • Power supply fault conditions must be supervised by a UL Listed relay Quant. Component 1 NAC module 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack Mechanical Dimensions: 5 in. x 3 in. x 0.75 in. (13 cm x 8 cm x 2 cm) D192G Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Module The D192G Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) module is used for wiring connections to remote signaling devices. The wiring is supervised for open, short, or grounded circuit faults. Either 12 VDC or 24 VDC notification devices can be used depending on the choice of power supply. Order number D192G Electrical External Powerin Current: 3.0 Amaximum Voltage: 12 VDC or 24 VDC nominal Aux Powerin Current: 100 mA maximum Voltage: 12 VDC nominal Supervisory Zone Control Current: 5 m maximum Mechanical Dimensions: 5 in. x 3 in. x 0.75 in. (13 cm x 8 cm x 2 cm) D192G Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) Module The D192G Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) module is used for wiring connections to remote signaling devices. The wiring is supervised for open, short, or grounded circuit faults. Either 12 VDC or 24 VDC notification devices can be used depending on the choice of power supply. Order number D192G Represented by: Middle Fuel, Africa: sulphe dfie: China: America Latina: . Americas: Europe, BV. Robed Bosch (BEAT Pte Ltd, Security Systems Division 8-sh Bmn ha: y ys Lld Y ys Bosch Security Systems, list Bosch Security Synems Systems 201 Building, No 33 Fupuan Road Via Aroma, Km98 130 Perinton Parkway P.O. Bop 80002 The Netherlands 11 Bishan Street 21 North IBP CEP 13055 900 Fairport, New Yod, 14450, USA 561]BA Eintlhoven. Singapore 573943 Cban going District, Shanghai Campinas, Sao Paulo,Bmzil Phon+16002690096 a. Phone: c 314025]] 284 Phone: 200335 China PM1one:+551923032860 Fax:+15651239160 Fax:+314025]7330 Fax:+65 65]12699 Phone IBS 2l 12101111 Fax:+5519 21032862 urny srussamm mach secuntysystems@bo own, ap,.-c.dIy.y,te.Pab.i tom Fax +86 21 22IB239B latm boschsecon,rao osch ror w., boschu-mily us www.boschsecunty cam ww hoschs ImIity.axia w w.bosch—mity.com.cn www J Bosch Security Systems 20131on,. annex, to change wSh.r notice 2537484427 en, V4, 24. Oct 2013 Table 7: Current Rating Chart for Standby Battery Calculations ...�..._ - B .., Q A AC Power On AC Power Off In Alarm Normal Current (mA) Minimum Current (MA) Maximum Current (mA) EachEach Model Number Qty Used Unit city Total Each Unit Qty Total Unit Qty Total ]942G1Z?f/' 77419,. 225 x 1 . 225 ; 225 x 1'� ' 225 "300 x 1. 300 " D7R12GV4 .. X qty '; 25 - `, 50, .X(.Qty ' _ 20 x Qty 35 x Oty Refer to footnote 35 x any 35 X Qty = B208 22 x Qty 22 x Qty 22 x Qty Q30B?'" 90 x Qty = 90 - x Qty 90 x Qty = — 8420s 100 x Qty _ - 100 x Qty 110 x Qty =— 8820 s = 25 _ z Qiy " 25 ' . ." ;x Qty , r>.1s8 X, qty , � 5 x Oty 50 5 x Oty 55 X Qty D127 k.Qty xQEY ,23,x Qty,' 1 = _; 2b XQty - D72§5 ' _23- 245 x Qty x Oty = 245 x qty 300 X Qty D185:.`s 35 xQtY 36 X Qty' .. :.100 - x -Qty - tll@2G .e. .' 104 x city 106 x Qty 206 X Qty — D1255/D12556 D1256/b12,�7 104 x 4�ty >'��, x 2b6, ){'tY '. . • �',.. 104 X Qty 106 x Oty 225 x Qty D1255RB x.Qty -- %,h3tY 'r1b6 X'QtY :f` 225=. 'x 'Qty _ _ 104 x Qty 106 x Qty 225 X Qty - D1257RB aD12�0(g1 60B .: 140 x oty - '46 z city �' 25' 0 X :Qty 20 x Qty 20 x Qty 100 x Qty — D720 60 Xpty 60 xQty ' so x'Qty D813S; X. D8125MUX 140 x on, = _ 140 h v'y = _ _-- Qty - DBY48D (v 25 .. X qty '; 25 x QkY: `, 50, .X(.Qty ' _ 20 x Qty 20 X Qty Refer to footnote D8129 —_ 7 X-;QtY 7 X Qty'' 60 x Qty - 0.8 x Qty 0.8 x Qty 0.8 X Qty — D9127T/U 21 Oiy x.i7tY 23 X,Q1Y D9131A D9210C Slo . ,..'21 x Qtv 110 x Qty 110, x Qty 20 xQty 20 x Qty '100 ' X Qty - Q928' ,. __ 50 x Qty 50 x Qty 55 x Qty DX4010V2s ao k.Qty eo x Qty - 84 x - Qty = DX4026 ^_ 50 x Qty = 50 x Oty = 200 x Qty = ITS-DX4020 G Ratings of other devices in the system that are not shown above: xoty az ,_1„.. xQry .; ,— xpty '. -- —. %.Qty _,... x Qty x Qty = _ X Qty .— ' . _ xoty x.Qty -- x Q[v = x Qty..... _ _ x Qty = Total B. Total C 1 The In Alarm calculation for the D8129 is: 20 x Qty + (16.25 x number of relays) 2 Use 110 mA + reader current. Do not exceed 260 MA. 3 UL requires that the DX401OV2 be used for programming only. 4 (digital section = 22mA) + (qty of relays x 16 mA)= total current. (Add 16 mA for each relay being used) 6 10BaseT Ethernet: go max, 10OBaseT Ethernet: 100mA max 24 Bosch Security Systems, Inc. 13/12 1 FOIU266055-01 www.boschsecurity.comBOSCH L 1, Invented for Fife All reporting fire alarm systems are required to have a primary and alternate means of transmitting reports to a receiver. The D928 Dual Phone Line Switcher allows the control panel to operate over and supervise two separate phone lines. Typical applications are schools, factories, and care facilities where the ability of the system to relay information off -premises is especially critical for safeguarding life and property. System Operation If a signal is generated and the control panel senses that the primary phone line is bad, then it uses the alternate phone line to send the message. If trouble is detected, the control panel keeps the faulty phone line in memory. If the primary line is found to be electrically faulty, the D928 switches to the alternate phone line and reports the fault. The D928 uses the primary or alternate phone line to dial a primary, backup, or duplicate phone number. When using the Modem Ilia' communication format, the control panel sends a phone line failure message to the D6100i or D6600 Receiver, indicating which s`a a Automatically switches to alternate phone line 0, AC Power LED ® Primary and Secondary Phone Trouble LEDs ro Communication Fail LED phone line is in trouble. The control panel sends two distinct messages for trouble on the primary or alternate phone line. Four LEDs mounted on the front edge of the D928 serve as status LEDs by displaying primary and alternate phone line failure, failure to communicate, and AC power status. Region �etrtrfiealdgft USA UL AMCX7: Central Station Alarm Units Cer- tified for Canada (cUL), AOTX7: Local Alarm Units Certified for Canada (cUL), APAW7: Police Station Alarm Units Certi- Accessories - Household System Type Certified for Canada (cUL) FM CSFM 7165-1615:0238 CSFM 7165-1615:0242 Region CErti:ificatron CSFM 7167-1615-0243 - FCC ESVAL03BD928 FDNY- 6059 CoA NYC- 12-92-E, Vol. 12 12-92-11, Vol. 12 MEA NYC- 12-92-E; Vol. 1512-92-E, Vol. 15 MEA Canada IC 1249AD928 Compatibility Information The D928 Dual Phone Line Switcher is compatible with these Bosch Security Systems, Inc. control panels: D9412GV3, D7412GV3, D9412GV2, D7412GV2, D9412G, D7412G , D9412, D7412, D7212, D9124GV2, D9124, and D9112. Mounting Considerations The D928 Dual Phone Line Switcher mounts inside a D8103, D8108A, or D8109 enclosure. Mount the module on the lower right-hand side inside of the enclosure as instructed in the control panel's installation manual. ONotice The enclosure must be UL listed for fire applications. Use a D8108A or D8109 enclosure for fire applications. Wiring Considerations Refer to the control panel's installation manual for specific wiring instructions. The D928 connects to the control panel through the flying leads and the ribbon cable provided. It connects to the telephone company phone line through phone cords. only one D162 phone cord is supplied. Two additional D161 or D162 phone cords are required. Programming The D928 is programmed at the control panel using the appropriate Program Entry Guide. KNEMENNEREMEEM Quant. Component 1 Dual phone line module 1 D162 phone cord 1 Ribbon cable t Hardware pack 1 Literature pack Notice Only one D162 phone cord is supplied. Two additional D161 or D162 phone cords are required. D928 Dual Phone Line Switcher Allows the control panel to operate over and supervise two separate phone lines. Only one D162 phone cord is supplied. Two additional D161 or D162 phone cords are required. Order number D928 Accessories D161 Dual Modular Telephone Cord A 2.1 m (7 ft.), 8 -conductor fully modular plug-in cord. Order number D161 D162 Modular Telephone Cord A 61 cm (2 ft) telephone cord with a standard plug on one end. Order number D162 Mechanical Properties Dimensions (HxWxD): 5 in. x 3 in.. x 3.8 in. - (13cmx8cmx2cm) .. ... ,.:... Weight: _ 3.3 oz. (93.5 g Power Requirements Current: 100 mA maximum Voltage (opera[ing): 12 VDC nominal D928 Dual Phone Line Switcher Allows the control panel to operate over and supervise two separate phone lines. Only one D162 phone cord is supplied. Two additional D161 or D162 phone cords are required. Order number D928 Accessories D161 Dual Modular Telephone Cord A 2.1 m (7 ft.), 8 -conductor fully modular plug-in cord. Order number D161 D162 Modular Telephone Cord A 61 cm (2 ft) telephone cord with a standard plug on one end. Order number D162 Represented by: America Latina: BosM1 IShim,had Security Systems Ltd, Robert Bosch Ltd. Security Systems Division 2010udifir ,No. 333 Fupuan Road Europe, Middle East, Africa: Asia Pacific: Americas: Systems Inc. ,each Sarn is Systems B.V. Robert Bosch ISEAJ Pl. Ltd. Security doll, Security 130 Petinton Parkway P.O. Box 80002 Systems Fairport. New hors, 14450, USA SSP BA Eindboveh The Netherlands 11 BIsFan Street 21 PM1one: 118002890096 Pl:one: 13140252] 284 Singap0re 573943 c15.522391If0 Fa+ Fax 131 ao 2522330 Phone: +6565712808 an wily sales@us.boscRcom s uritysystams®bosch—ar Fax 16516912699 www.boscbssmab.us wwezt6os<M1zecurlty.cAn apcseom¢pystams@bosch.mm www.boshsecurhy azia P Bosch Security Systems 20131Data sublact l0 change without notice 22381758031 an, V2. O1. Oct 2013 �rT CM1imo America Latina: BosM1 IShim,had Security Systems Ltd, Robert Bosch Ltd. Security Systems Division 2010udifir ,No. 333 Fupuan Road wa Anbarguera, Pm 98 North IBP CEP 13065900 Changning District, Shanghai Campinas, Sao Pau10. Bradt 200335 China Phone. 155 19 2103 2860 Phone 1062122181111 Fax: 155 19 2103 2062 Fax: 18G 21 22182390 Wwan h ozchsecurily@bosch cam www.bozcbsecurity.cam.cn www. bos,rancurny in MSEP-1 u Table 7: Current Rating Chart for Standby Battery Calculations ,. c A g AC Power On AC Power Off In Alarm Normal Current (mA) Minimum Current (mA) Maximum Current (mA) Each Model Number Oty Used Uni[ Qty Total Each Unit Qty Total EachUnit Qty Total 09412GV4/300 �'. X` x1 3U6rs i7412GV4225 225 - x 1 { 225 a.. s D7212GV4 . - 35 x Qty 35 x Qty 35 X City 6208 22 - XQtl°,.tv:z ." 22 xo „". �: 90 x Qty = 90 x Qty 90 XQf Y = _ 84220' _ 100 x Qty 100 x Qty 110 x Qty - _ 8820 25 ' 168 X Qty D,12$B 5 x Qt Y 55 X Qty D127 5 xQty 23 , k Qty cye 25 X City D1T29.: ' ...;a 245 x Qty 245 x Qty 300 x Qty D185 - �- �t o, n" 35 r+ te x - 100 X.©ty b19�G"� 106 x Qty 206 x Qty 131255/1312556 104 x Qty 1 8 _ x Rty'206 X aty oiz s/R125Z 104 x Qty 106 x Qty 225 X Qty _ D1255R8 °104 X'Q?yY. 1'06, 226 XC�I'ty s Dl`�fxi2B . —.. 104 X Qty 106 x O[Y 225 X Qty D1257fte 1 40 x QtY '; ,w� -. 250 v, R l` 'A6A/1312606 20 x at 100 x Qty D720 20 x Qty — 60 60 - xQry - so xtY. "D+8125, `4 ---� D8125MUX 140 xQty =— 140 XQty =— 140 Qty = 25 25` x Qry 50 x QfiJ $ D'Referto , �., „tyQty 2 0 x Qty footnote[ Da12s 20 x Qty ., 7 60 XQTY .... ^x$130:"i 7., XYitY t __ .� sb.. _. 0.8 x QtY 0.8 X CRY 0.8 X Qty — 23 x .. <DP131k. 110 X Qty 110 X Qty 110 X QYy. D9210C '_ 20 xRb, c— 20 xQty '. loo XC�t`f . �— G1928' . .,_.:...'.-- 50 x Oty 50 x Qty — 55 x Qty ,., DX4010V2s : 80 ' x Qty . - 80 'x Qty . , , 84 X lty 13X4Q20 -- 50 x Qty = 50 x Qty = 200 X Qty = ITS-DX4020-G Ratings of other devices the system that are not shown above: y- X Qt ., .., x. Qty - .. X Qty = X Qty — X Qty x Qty, x Qty xQ.tY = — Xcity _— — xQty =— , dotal A-_ - Total e �, '.� Total C for the D8129 is: 20 x Qty + (16.25 x number of relays) 1 The In Alarm calculation 2 Use 110 mA + reader current. Do not exceed 260 mA. 3 UL requires that the DX401OV2 be used for programming only. 4 (digital section = 22mA) + (qty of relays x 16 mA)= total current. (Add 16 mA for each relay being used) 5 lOBaseT Ethernet: 90mA max, 1006aseT Ethernet: 100mA max 24 Bosch Security Systems, Inc. 13/12 1 F0111266055-01 www.boschsecurity.comBOSCH Invented for life The D1256RB Fire Keypad is a full -function system controller and annunciator. This SDI bus compatible device works with the Bosch Security Systems, Inc. GV3 control panels and GV2 control panels (firmware version 7.04 and higher). Four one -touch function keys provide user-friendly control over the system. The function keys allow the user to silence the audible alarm output, silence the trouble sounder, reset the annunciator display, and reset the system detectors. Four additional navigational keys allow access to other programmed system functions. The D1256RB can be mounted in secure areas. WaMEWANNEELUMM Display The display uses words, numbers, and symbols to show the status of the fire system. When several events occur, each event is shown in order of priority followed by the time of occurrence. In conjunction with the 16 -character vacuum -fluorescent display (VFD), four LEDs provide the following system status indications: Fire Silenced • Supervisory Trouble ® Compatible with Bosch GV3 control panels and GV2 control panels (firmware version 7.04 and higher) m Provides system control with easy to use function keys ID Built-in multi -tone sounder ID Easy to read vacuum -fluorescent display (VFD) shows complete system status in English ID Programmable custom text for each point Region Zertihcation r+ . USA UL UOXX: Control Unit Accessories, System (ANSI/UL 864) FM CSFM 7167-1615:02437167 CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) CSFM 7165-1615:02427165 -FIRE ALARM' CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) CSFM 71651615:02387165 -FIRE ALARM' CONTROL UNIT(COMMERCIAL) - FDNY- 6059 CoA Compatible Control Panels The D1256RB Fire Keypad is compatible with GV3 control panels' and GV2 control panels' with firmware version 7.04 or higher. The keypad will work with G Series Control Panels prior to GV2 v7.04; however the LEDs will not; operate. ' The D7212GV3 and D7212GV2 are not listed for commercial fire applications. Mounting Considerations The keypad is a low profile, surface -mounted unit molded in durable red plastic with three mounting holes in the base that allow secure, correct positioning during installation. Protect the surface -mounted keypad by mounting it to a D56 or D56R Conduit Back Box. For desktop applications, the keypad can be mounted to a D55 Desk Stand. 141 Notice Do not install the keypad in direct sunlight. This damages the module components and makes the display less visible. Do not mount in wet or moist locations. Wiring Considerations The keypad connects to the control panel for data and power through a standard four -wire flying lead cable. For field wiring use 0.8 mm (22 AWG) or 1.2 mm (18 AWG) wires. Resistance cannot exceed 25 0. The field wiring connects to a four -wire harness supplied with the unit. aNotice Use shielded cable where excessive electromagnetic interference is a problem. Quant. Component 1 Keypad 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack Environmental Considerations Relative Humidity: 5% to 85% non condensing at +30-C (+86°F) Temperature (operating): 0"C to +50°C (+32°F to +122T) Mechanical Properties Color: Red Dimensions: 11.7c mx 21 crux 2 cm (4.6in. x 8.2m.x0.8in.) Material: CHI MEI POLYLAC FA757 ABS with UV Stabilizer. UL94-HBFire Rated Power Requirements Current: 104mAminimum, 225 mAmaximum Voltage: 12 VDC nominal supplied by the control panel Trademarks Due to the nature of this material, this document refers to hardware and software products by their trade names. In most, if not all cases, these designations are claimed as trademarks or registered trademarks by their respective companies in one or more countries. It is not Bosch's intent to use any of these names generically. The reader is therefore cautioned to investigate all claimed trademark rights before using any of these names other than to refer to the product described. POLYLAC is a registered trademark of CHI MEI Industrial Corporation, LTD. Plexiglas is a registered trademark of Arkema D1256RB Fire Keypad The D1256RB Fire Keypad provides our one -touch function keys for user-friendly control over the system Order number D1256RB Accessories D55 Keypad Desk Stand Portable desk stand in smoke colored Plexiglas. Order number D55 D56 Surface Mount Conduit Box White surface mount box. Order number D56 D56R Red Surface Mount Conduit Box Red surface mount box. Order number D56R Represented by: Americas: Europe, Middle East Aid— AsiaPanfic Bosch (SEA) Pte Ltd. Security China: Bosch Security tems Ltd America Latina: Robert S0e8utl1y Systems Division ,each Security Systems ho Bos1F Security Systems B.V. Sybert Building, No'�333 Fupuao Road ViaAMmgperasch [Kmda 130 carioca, Parkway P 0_ Box 00002LEP The Netherlands Il BisM1an 5treet 21 IBP 13065900 Fairport, New 1.0, Ird50, VSA 5617 BA Push oaen. Singapore 5]3943 M1angning District, 5hangFai Char Campinas, Sao Paulo, 8raxll ".ae:+16002890096 lin-A0314025]]28d Phone; +6565213808 200335 LMna one 11:+55 19 2103 2860 Fax:+15652339160 Fax:+314025]7330 Fax:+6565212699 Phone 22181111 V. r55 19 2103 2862 security salesious.boson cum t bosch com secun ysys eY s� c misyz hos.M1.mm has +86 21 22182398 Iaram.bmcFsawtltygbosch com www.boschsas-ill us www.b—lisecurlt ystemz@ ww wboschsecurhy.asia vw e,b—FeEssail-ra cn w.boscFzecuril ww y.com , Beach Secorily Systems 20131 Bata subject to change without notice 25290233211 en,V3. 01 Lot 2013 o-:;W'A;Q" www.boschsecurity.com Invented for life The D8125 Addressable Expansion Module works with the D9127U or D9127T POPIT Modules to provide multiplex technology that combines zone or point supervision with individual device addressing on one pair of wires. Use the D8125 to provide expansion beyond the standard number of control panel zones, up to a total of 240 points. Each D8125 module can fully supervise 120 D9127U or D9127T POPIT Modules. Each D8125 installs in the control panel enclosure or in an adjacent approved enclosure. Future system expansion is very economical as D9127U or D9127T POPITs can be spliced in anywhere along the two -wire data expansion loop from the D8125 module. The D9127 is a compact, addressable device that is suitable for applications where specifications call for point identification from each initiating device or series of devices. The units are small, and easily installed in standard outlet boxes, above false ceilings, closets, or other accessible locations. The D8125 includes a 33 kO end -of -line (EOL) resistor. Install the resistor at the farthest point on the loop for proper supervision. ® Provides point identification of initiating devices ® Supervises wiring to devices for circuit integrity i� Expands the number of points in the system o. Compact size ® Terminal connections for reliability Australia C -Tick Region USA FM CSFM 71671615: 0100 CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD). .,, : 2 x E 1 Region 6 ♦ e T.=!_ CSFMrfitafr71671615..02437167-- CONTROL D8125 Addressable Expansion Module UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) Provides expansion up to 240 points. _.....Ord CSFM 7165 --FIRE er number D8125 .. ,. _..,..._ ._. CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL7165-1615:0242 ) CSFM -1615.02397167 --CONTROL UN 7 CSFM 7165-1615:0238 7165 --FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) FDNY._.. 6059 CoA NYC- 12.92-E, Vol.11 12 92-E, Vol II MEA NYC 12.92-E, Vol. 12 12 92-E, Vol. 12 MEA NYC 12-92-E, Vol. 15 12 92-E, Vol 15 - MEA Canada ULC AMCX7 51871 Central Station Alarm units Certified for Canada ULC APOU7 SL871 Proprietary Alarm Units` Certified for Canada ULC APAW7.S1871Pohce-stationconnec ted Alarm Units Certified for Canada ULC NBSX7 51871 Household Burglar Alarm System Units Certified for Canada ULC AOTX7.S1871 Local Alarm Units Certi- fied for Canada Compatibility Information Control Panels All G Series control panels, D9412,07412, D7212,D7212B1,D9112,D9112B1, D8112G1, D8112G2, and D9124 WMEREMMIENEMEM Ouantit Component y 1 Expansion board 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack _ Properties _ Dimensions: 13 coo x 8 cm x 2 can (5 in. x 3in. x 0.75 in.) Power Requirements Current Draw: 50 mA for each D8125. module ... .......... Voltage (operating): 12VDC max, -ter Rapresemcd by: Asia Pacific: China: America When Americas: Europe, Middle East. Aflica: Robert Bosch R e Ltd. Security Security s1-1 Ltd BO1cB011dingShy,gNo"333 Rated Bosch unty Systems iorsmn Bosh Security Systems. enc Bosch Security Systems BV. Fu0 anPoad ViaAManguera[Nm 98da 130 Perinton Parkway P.O. Box 80002 BE Beed hwen. Th. Netherlands Systems 11 Siahan Street 21 North01IBP CEP 13065-900 Fairport. New Vork 'aR10. USA 11 800 2090096 5617 Phone:l 31 40 2571211 Singapore 573943 Chan gning District, Shanghai 200335 China Erroneous, Sao Paulo, 8raxil Phone: 155 19 2103 2660 PM1one: Fax: 11 585 223 9100 Faxa314045]]3RD PM1one: c6565712808 Fax 1656YT1s2699 Phone 186 21 22181111 Fax: 155 19 2103 2662 untysales@us boscM1 mm securityzys[ems@baschcom apcsecurit tems@hosch.mm Fax :1062122182390 Iw-boscbsecurity@boscF.rom www.boscbseconty.us ww.b.srh.dr.nr mm www boscFsecurily.asia www.boschs^curRy.comcn w.boschsecurily.mm V Bosch Security Systems 201310ata subject to change without notice 2537763947 1 en, V4. 01. Oct 2013 n www.boschsecurity.comBOSCH !.---i, Invented for life o. Provides point identification of initiating devices P. Supervises wiring to devices for circuit integrity o. Expands the number of points in the system ® Compact size P Terminal connections for reliability The D9127 Series POPIT Modules includes the D9127T Region (with magnetic tamper switch) and the D9127U USA (without tamper). They are used with a D8125 Addressable Expansion Module when there is a need to expand a compatible control panel beyond its standard number of on -board initiating zones or points. Future system expansion is very economical as D9127 Series POPITs can be added anywhere along the two -wire data expansion loop from the D8125 module. Both modules include proven technology that combines zone and point supervision with individual device addressing on one pair of wires. Screw terminals provide reliable connections for the data expansion loop and supervised sensor loop wiring. Install a 33 kQ end -of -line resistor at the farthest point on the loop for proper supervision. The units are small and easily installed in standard outlet boxes, above false ceilings, closets, or other accessible locations. Australia C -Tick Caftrfrcat 0 r. UL y AMCX. Central Station AlarmUnits FM CSFM CSFM 7165-1615:0238 7165 -- FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) 7165-1615:0242 7165 -- FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL) der rflbatiRM Bch Region ,�+tr CSFM- 7167-16 -CONTROL 549 m(1800 ft) SEHO 0)167 CSFM 7167-1615:0243 7167 CONTROL 1402 m(4600 ft) UNIT (HOUSEHOLD) _.. FDNY- 6059 CoA UL Listed fire-resistant NYC 12-92-E, Vol. 1512-92-E, Vol. 15 MEA . NYC 1292-E, Vo1.121292-E, Vol. 12 MEA loop is 10000, Maximum resistance between Canada ULC AMCX7.S1871 Central Station Alarm Voltage (operating): Units Certified for. Canada ULC Alarm Units Certi- fied for Cana dz Local ULC W7.S 1871 teAAlarmUnts. Certified for Canada d ULC APOU7.S1871 Proprietary Alarm Units Certified for Canada ULC system Uniitts Certified for71 Canada lar Alarm' Compatibility Information Control Panels D7212rD7212Bies 1i, paneD9112ls,DD9112B19412, 412 D811261, D8112G2, and 09124 Module D8125 The D8125 Multiplex Zone Expander is required. The D9127 modules are wired in parallel on the D8125 data loop. Number of POPIT Modules per Control Panel D7212G,D7212GV2,D7212GV3 32 D9127 POPITs D7212B1 40 D9127 POPITs D7212, D7412, D7412G, D7412GV2, 67 D9127 POPITs D7412GV3 D9124 119 D9127 POPITs D9112B1 126 D9127 POPITs D9112, D9412, D9412G, D9412GV2, 238 D9127 POPITs D9412GV3 Wiring Considerations Wire Size Maximum Length of all Data y Expansion Loops Combined 0.8 rare (22 AWG) 549 m(1800 ft) 1.0 mm (20 AWG) 881 m (2890 ft) 1.2 mm (18 AWG) 1402 m(4600 ft) 1:5 mm (16 AWG) 2231 m (7320 ft) 1.8 mm (14 AWG) 3551 m(11650 ft) D8125 to POPIT Loops Use one two -wire data expansion loop, or distribute the POPITs on up to three loops. The maximum lengths shown in the following table are for all data expansion loops combined connected to the same D8125 module. Setting DIP switches on the POPIT modules assigns them to point numbers. The switch setting on each POPIT assigns it a point number, regardless of its physical location. POPIT to Sensor Loops The number of detection devices each sensor loop can supervise is limited only by the resistance on the loop. Resistance on each sensor loop must be less than 100 0 not including the end -of -line (EOL) resistor. Certain UL and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) applications can limit the number of detection devices. Consult the appropriate UL or NFPA standards. Terminate each POPIT sensor loop with the 33 kn EOL resistor included with each POPIT. Use a twisted -pair wire (six twists per foot) in all POPIT installations for both the data expansion loop wiring and the POPIT sensor loops. Run wires away from AC sources to prevent AC induction. quantit Component y Temperature (operating): 1 POPIT module 1 33 kQ EOL resistor 1 Magnet(D9127T only) i Hardware pack 1 Literature pack Environmental Considerations Relative Humidity: Up to 93% non -condensing Temperature (operating): 0°C to+50°C (132°F to +1227) Properties _. Color: ... Off white Dimensions: S. l cm x 3.8 cm x 2.4 cm (3.2 in. x 1.5 in. z 0.9 in.) Material: UL Listed fire-resistant Power Requirements Current Draw 0.8 mA maximum Resistance: Maximum increase in resistance on the POPIT loop is 10000, Maximum resistance between the D8125 module and each POPIT is 90 O. Voltage (operating): 12 VDC nominal Sensor Loop Resistance: Maximum resistance on the sensor loop is 1000.. Response Time: i sec. approximately EMagEMEEMENWAM D9127T POPIT Module Includes a magnetic tamper switch. order number D9127T D9127U POPIT Module No tamper switch. Order number D9127U Represented by: America Latina: B-1, (Shanghai) Security Systems Ltd, Robert Booth Lida Security Systems Enema Europe, Middle East, Africa; Amer --c Rossh Security Systems. ac. Bosch Security Systems 6. V. 130 Reunion Parkway P.O. Box 80002 Be Eindo-co, The Netbedands Fairport. New Ask. 16050, USA 5617 PM1one:+18002890096 3140 2577 2.1 Fax585 223 9180 Fax:ne3 :+1 o,curdy.seles@us. L."alrm se.milysystemsQbosth Imp, wwm.boshserurityus wwwboschsewdty.com 4) Bosch Secur,1 Systems 20131 Rate subject to change without notice 25361784431 en. St. 6L Oct 2013 Asiom.rifm Robert Basch (SEA) Pie Ltd, Security Systems 11 Bishan Street 21 Singapore 573943 Phone :+656571 2999 Fax :+656571 2699 wwweuritysystems@boe0 com mschsecurity.a:ie Ed— America Latina: B-1, (Shanghai) Security Systems Ltd, Robert Booth Lida Security Systems Enema 301 Building, No. 333 Fasten Road Via Anhanguera, Km 98 North IBP CEP 13065 900 Changning District, Shanghai Campin, Sao Paulo, Brant 200335 Erma Phone .55 IF 21032860 Phone r 962122181111 Fax: +55 19 2103 2862 Fax +86 21 22182390 Iatam.boschsecuAyah—hcom wwwbachsecumyeom.cn www.b.seh:ewdtycam www.boschsecurity.com ,.BOSCH Invented for life The D130 Auxiliary Relay Module can be used with all Bosch Security Systems control panels. The relay module consists of a 12 VDC or 24 VDC relay. This device allows the system to handle larger amounts of current or different voltages that are beyond the control panel's auxiliary power rating, or the rating of modules such as the D8129 Octo Relay. Notice A UL Listed, 12 VDC or 24 VDC auxiliary power supply is required to supply power to the D130's coil. The relay is polarized and has two sets of non -latching Form C contacts. When the contacts are in the inactive state, the normally -closed terminal has continuity with the common terminal. When the contacts are in the active state, the normally -open terminal has continuity with the common terminal. The relay is activated by switching polarity. A red LED lights to indicate the coil is energized. ® 12 VDC of 24 VDC relay is Allows switching of current or voltage 9 Two non -latching Form C dry contact outputs ® Red LED shows coil is energized 6• Mounts in control panel enclosure Initiating Circuit Application The D130 is commonly used with a D125B Dual Class B Initiating Module and a UL Listed 24 VDC power supply. In this configuration power to the detectors can be interrupted by a command from the fire alarm control panel (FACP). Region Certification o,a r USA UL APOU: Proprietary Alarm Units (UL1076), UOJZ: Control Units, System (UL864, 9th edition) FM CSFM 7167-1615: 100 and 7165-1615:119 CSFM 7165-1615:0242 CSFM 7165-1615:0238 CSFM 7165-1615:0119 CSFM 7167-1615:0239 FDNY- 6059 CoA OM e�ttnatroh' o- ,.. Regron 2 Nf'. NYC 12 92-E, Vol II 12 92-E, Vol. II MEA NYC- 12-92-E, VoL 12 12 92-E, Vol 12 MEA NYC 12-92-E, Vol. 15 12 92-E, VoI 15 MEA Compatible Products The following products are compatible with the D130 Auxiliary Relay Module: Category Product Product Description ID Control Panels All Bosch Security System control panels and FACPs Modules D125B Dual Class B initiating module D8129 OctoRelay module Power Supplies D9142F 24 VDC auxiliary power supply Mounting The D130 Auxiliary Relay Module attaches to a mounting plate for easy mounting in any enclosure. The assembly can be mounted in the control panel's enclosure by means of supplied screws. Wiring Considerations The D130 can connect directly to the FACP or can connect through a D8129 OctoRelay Module. Refer to the installation instructions for the FACP or the D8129 for specific wiring requirements. Quantity Component 1 D130 module 1 Mounting plate 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack Properties Dimensions 2.75 in. x 3.0 in. (7 cm x 7.6 cm) Outputs . ................._.._.. _..__ . Rating: 10 mA at 5 VDC mimimum 5 A at 30 VDC maximum Type: .Two non -latching Form Power Requirements Current: 60 mA maximum Voltage (operating): 12 VDC or 24VDC nominal 0.1 D130 Auxiliary Relay Module 12 VDC or 24 VDC relay. Allows switching of current or voltage. Order number D130 iEMEMEA, Reply senled by: Europe, Middle East, Africa: P9rPt illu China: America Latina: Americas: lnc. Botch Sechiily Species S V Robert Bosch (SEA) Phe Ltd. Secur ly (Shanghai)Ltd BoschLtda Security Systems Division Bosc01 Bosch 6ecurity 3yslemz, P.O. Box 00002 Systems Fu'OuanSystems hol ead Vie ert 98 130 Position Parkway The Netherlands 11 Eithan Street 21 North IBP CEP 13065900 Fairport. New Vork 14450. USA 5611 BP Eindhoven. Singapme 5]3943 Channing Be rich, Shanghai Campinas, Sao Paulo. BeallFae. PM1one:4800289.096 PM1one: o 31402519]84 PM1one: +6565112800 200335 China Phone: -55 19 2103 2860 c156S 023.180 Fax: .31 40 2511 330 Fari 16565 71 2699 Phone +062122101111 Fax 155 19 2103 2862 untysales@us.bosch.mm securdysyztemz@btathsom 22182398 latem h@m ozchzecurltyboscM1.m wite ww bmchzecurltyus www.btschsec—orlem aprserurilysyshemz@hoschcom FaV-+8621 w.boschsecurity.com.cn wboschzecunhgmm www,baschzecurity.asia 9 acssh Security Systems 20131 Dale orbita 1. change without notice 25312638591 an, V2. cl. act 2013 www.boschsecurity.com The D8130 Door Release Module is an accessory for fire alarm control panels (FACPs) that controls system functions commonly required in National Fire Prevention Association (NFPA) 72 fire alarm installations. Two independent Form C dry contacts, each rated at 5 A, connect low -voltage circuits to magnetic door holders, pilot relays, or contactor units for function control. Typical applications are: • releasing fire doors, emergency exit doors, and stairwell doors • elevator recall • HVAC control EMMENWOMEMMEM Contact Activation The control panel indicating output activates the contacts of the D8130. A red Alarm Input LED indicates contact activation. The duration of the contact activation follows the programmed indicating circuit time. Use a jumper to set the contact activation to be instant or delayed by 14 sec when there is an alarm condition. With the delay option selected, a 14 sec delay also occurs upon restoral. This delay feature is useful for momentary bell tests. Invented for life a Two Form C (5 A rated) contacts a Remotely controls fire system devices a Instant or delayed relay activation and restoral a Relay closure follows indicating circuit duration a Disable switch supervised for system testing If the user silences the alarm output, the D8130 contacts deactivate. Latching features must be provided for pilot relays or contactor units requiring control beyond the programmed indicating device time or after manual silencing of the indicating circuits. Supervised Disable Switch To facilitate fire alarm installation testing, the D8130 Module contains a supervised disable switch that prevents operation of the relay contacts. An amber Disable LED indicates when the switch is in the disable position. Connect one or more D8130 modules to any unused 1 ko zone or point of the control panel to detect module disabling. A trouble is indicated when the D8130 switch is in the disable position, and a restoral signal is sent when the switch is returned to the normal position. (Refer to the control panel's Program Entry Guide for details on programming a trouble signal for an open or short condition.) When the contacts are activated with the switch in the normal position, no trouble indications are sent to the control panel. Release Contact Outputs A normally -open (NO) terminal, a normally -closed INC) terminal, and a common (COM) terminal are provided for each D8130 contact. In the inactive state of the contact, the NC terminal has continuity with the COM terminal. In the active state of the contact, the NO terminal has continuity with the COM terminal. Region USA Complies with NFPA 72 Certifieatron x e r UL AMCX: Central Station Alarm Units CSFM 7165-1615:0238 CSFM 7165-1615:0242 CSFM 71671615.0239 CSFM 7167-1615 0243 ._. _... FDNY- 6059...... CoA 12VDCnominal ... ...... _.-...... NYC- 12-92-E, Vol 12 12 92-E, Vol. 12 MEA NYC- 12-92-E, Vol. 15 12 92-E, Vol. 35 MEA compatible Products The following products are compatible with the D813O Release Module: Category ProductlD Product Description Control D9412GV3 Control panel Panels D7412GV3 Control panel D7212GV3' Control panel D9412GV2 Control panel D7412GV2 Control panel D7212GV2' Control panel D9412G Control panel D7412G Control panel D7212G' Control panel D9412 Control panel D7412 Control panel D7212' Control panel D9124 Addressable fire alarm control panel Modules D191C Bell supervision module D192G Notification Appliance Circuit(NAC) Module The D7212GV3, D7212GV2, D7212G, and D7212 are not listed for commercial fire applications. Mounting Considerations The D813O Door Release Module mounts in the control panel enclosure or in a separate approved enclosure. Up to four modules can be installed using the mounting locations provided. 1-19 Notice Use a D138 Mounting Bracket to mount the D8130 in the D9124 FACP. Wiring Use the following table to determine correct contact wire size: Maximum Wire Impedance: 6 R Distance (maximum) Wire Size 350 ft 22 AWG _800ft .._.. _.... _ 18 AWG Quant. Component 1 Door release module 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack Mechanical Properties Dimensions (H x WxD): 5 in.x3in.075in. (12.7cmx7.6cmx1.9cm) Outputs Relays: Two Form C dry contact Relay Rating: 5.O A at 30.VDC maximum for resistive loads Power Requirements Current Alarm: 60 mA maximum Contacts Disabled: 15 mA - _ Standby: _ _.. 7 mA Voltage Nominal: 12VDCnominal ... ...... _.-...... e^ ®Bao - n• e D8130 Door Release Module Provides two independent Form C dry contacts, each rated at 5 A, to connect low -voltage circuits to magnetic door holders, pilot relays, or contactor units for function control Order number D8130 Accessories D137 Mounting Bracket Used to mount accessory modules in D81O3, D8108A, and D8109 enclosures. Order number D137 ....... ....... ... ... .. ........ .... D138 Mounting Bracket, Right Angle Used to mount accessory modules in D81O3, D8108A, and D8109 enclosures. Order number W38 P105F EOL Resistor A 1 kQ, 0.5 W end -of -line resistor. Supplied in packages of eight. Order number P105F Bepmsentetl by ad Bosch Sanctity Systems 20131 Dais sublet[ to change without notice 26921321011 an, V1, 01. Oct 2013 C^. t1" Europe, Middle East, Africa, Al.'PadNLr China: America Latina, Americas, Bosch Security Systems U.N. Robert Bosch (SEA) Pie Ltd, Security Bosch (Shanghai) Security Systems Ltd Boost Bosch We Security Systems Smash osch Security Systems, Inc Securi Bos 80002 Systems 201 Building, No. 333 Fupuan Road Na Anhanguera, mu 99 130 Parkway Box 5617 BA Erdh.1m, The Natherlands SSBipor Street7394 cloth IBP CEP13065900 Fairport. New York, 14450. USA 3140 2577 264 Singapore 5]3943 Lnas, roughing District, Shanghai Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil PM1one:+18002890096 Phone:. -31 40 2577 330 Phone:.656571 MIR 200335 China Phone -55 19 2303 2860 Fax:. 1 565 223 9190 Fax: Fax: -6565712699 Phone +862122181111 Fax: -55 19 2103 2862 urity.zalespus bos@.nom secmitysystemoSmacRmm apcsedu, u,systems@bmchcom Fax: lµVam boschsecurpy@hosshmm www.bmchsecurity.us www 6oschzecuritycom www.boMaecuhty.aria w.1062122182398 boechseeurdy.com.cn yaw—uh ad Bosch Sanctity Systems 20131 Dais sublet[ to change without notice 26921321011 an, V1, 01. Oct 2013 C^. t1" whedock uUL X ACA sYSTems PRELIMINARY Descriptioin SP40S Facility Communications System Helping People Take SAFEPATH®4 Facility Communications System & Expansion Options Expansion Options SAFEPATH04 2 -Zone Class A or 4 -Zone Class B Speaker Audio Splitter SAFEPATH04 Audio Boosters System Diagram SAFEPATH04Addressable Paging Splitter and Telephone Zone Controller SAFEPATH°4 Supervised Volume Control and Remote Microphone Remote Microphone Expansion Module SP40S r([a Y�iayikv'ti$j tt � �. t � d 9i0E t i t� Page 2-4 5 6-7 8-9 10 11 12 SPB-160 Copyright 2006 Wheelock Inc. All rights reserved. PRELIMINARY Description The SP40S is a Multi -Function Supervised Paging, Messaging, Background Music delivery and Emergency Voice Evacuation System with 24 VDC battery backup. This single channel system is capable of delivering 40 watts of supervised high fidelity audio power and 2 amps of supervised 24 VDC synchronized strobe power. It comes standard with an on -board digital voice messaging system with 8 standard messages, a hand-held microphone, power supply/battery charger and numerous additional features. The SAFEPATH4 system is expandable to 5280 watts utilizing the SPB-80/4 (80 watts and 4 amps of strobe power), the SPB-160 (160 watts) or SPB-320 (320 watts) supervised audio power boosters. Applications for the SP40S • Multi -use applications—The system can function as an evacuation system, an emergency messaging system, a paging system, an employee notification system and a background music system per NFPA 72 (2002), section 6.8.4 Combination Systems • Fire code applications—The system is listed under UL Standard 864, 9th edition delivering supervised audio and voice messaging with strobes and notification appliance circuits (NAC) for visual alerting • Economic OSHA applications—The system is OSHA 1910.165 compliant; this means that it does not require reliability inspections every two months, or the required spare parts inventory • Wide ranging applications—from small to large facilities • Can connect to pagers for private alerting of emergency/ trouble conditions System Activation • Contact closure message activation Qr 2 SAFE'PATH"4 Facility Communications SP40S t-eatures Approvals & Compliance Approvals: UL Standard 864, 9th edition, UL Standard 1711, California Stale Fire Marshal (CSFM), New York City (MEA), FCC Part 15 • OSHA 1910.165 and ADA Compliant 3 Year Warranty • Made in the USA Background Music • Capable of broadcasting from a supplied BGM source • Unique supervision method allows for full system supervision even during background music (BGM) Line Level input for music source Frequency Response 100 - 15KHz General Paging • Easily interfaces with most existing phone system page port, CO port and line level signals • Automatically mutes BGM • Frequency Response 275-6.5kHz • Night ringer or security alert connection Voice Evacuation • Complies to NFPA-72 requirements • Supervised NAC speaker and strobe circuits • Live microphone override • 8 digitally pre-recorded voice messages • Uses selectable pre -tones for messages Strobe Inputs and Activation • 2 Amps of 24 VDC supervised strobe power with built-in Wheelock sync protocol. Power limited. • Strobe output is selectable for control of Wheelock sync protocol or non -sync operation • Strobe terminals have pass thru capability for Wheelock sync or non -sync operation Any of the 8 messages can be dip switch selected to activate strobes • Microphone activation can be dip switch selected to activate strobes • Auxiliary activation (Remote MIC) can be dip switch selected to activate strobes 24 VDC supervised and synchronized strobe power can be expanded to meet the requirements of the installation via Speaker Output 40 watts of supervised audio power • Speaker outputs: 25V or 70.7V power limited Audio Processing • Volume and tone controls for general paging and BGM • - Connectability of optional speaker splitter modules • Dual -tone tone generator with: Code 3 Tone and Slow Whoop for alerting of system trouble • Night ringer/security alerting capability • Audio power can be expanded by connecting to optional audio power boosters -SPB-80/4 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amp of Synchronized Strobe Power -SPB-160 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster -SPS-320 320 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster Power Supply & Batteries • 24 VDC rechargeable battery back-up power circuitry built-in • Batteries can be housed in the enclosure (Up to two (BAT -1212), 12 volt, 12 ampere hour batteries can fit in the enclosure. - Actual battery size required will depend on speaker and/or strobe load. Batteries are sold separately). Live & Pre-recorded Message Announcement Supplied with 8 pre-recorded emergency messages • Capable of in -field recording of all messages via 1/8" line level audio input jack • Preset audio levels for emergency messaging (prerecorded and live mic) - system reverts back to a pre set level regardless of the volume set for BGM or general paging • On board Push -to -Talk Microphone • Telephone paging input, disconnects BGM when in use • Auxiliary input for Remote Microphone connection Benefits and Advantages of the Multi -Function SAFEPATH4 • One System Multi -Function Facility Communications System • Background Music (BGM) system, with patent pending supervision during BGM operation • Supervised Emergency/Fire Voice Evacuation System • Interfaces with telephone system for general paging requirements • Built in power for visual notification appliances e.g., Strobes • Expandable for larger system requirements (with optional equipment) Instal lati on/Maintenance • Multiple trouble LED indicators for quick system diagnostics • Fully supervised circuitry always in effect— even during BGM and general paging (via patent pending technology) • Removable quick connect/disconnect terminals for ease of wiring, accepts #12 to #22 AWG • Power limited circuitry with Class "B" or Class "A" wiring. Class "A" only with use of Audio Splitter • Surge protected circuitry Compatible Wheelock Products All Wheelock Speaker/Strobes All Wheelock Strobes All Wheelock Speakers All Cluster Speakers Wheelock Strobe Power Supply Inputs —Audio and Activation "'Puts Priority 8 Priority Ordered In P Level Type of Input On Board Microphone 1 Push to Talk (PTT) Microphone 2 Remote Microphone or Remote Microphone Expander Auxiliary ck exterior Digital Message Input 1 3 Door Lock Digital Message Input 2 4 Digital Message Input 3 5 Digital Message Input 4 6 Contact Closure activation Digital Message Input 5 7 Digital Message Input 6 8 Digital Message Input 7 9 Digital Message Input 8 10 Night Ringer Input 11 Contact Closure input Telephone Paging Input 12 Page port input Background Music Input 13 Line Level Input, 600 ohm, input voltage must be less then 2.5 V peak to peak, or.3 volts RMS Mechanical 6" W x 6" D DimensionsWWheeIockKeY-1UUKk t) Weight atteries) ck exterior Finish Door Lock Key -lock Picture of Interface Panel _X_ .,...., s;_ n vraenny rr.rv.,..a.. •• Model Order Description Number - Code-._ .. ... Message Type Multi -Function Supervised Paging, Messaging, Background Music delivery and Emergency Voice Evacu- Fire ation System with 24 VDC battery backup circuity. Single channel system with 40 watts of supervised SP40S 9929 audio power and 2 amps of supervised 24 VDC synchronized strobe power and 8 standard messages. Male emergancy has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the (batteries not included, 2 required) Red Enclosure SP40S-B 9935 Same as above but with Black Enclosure BAT -1212 7390 12 volt, 12 -ampere hour battery SP40S-PMK 9936 SP40S 8 Message Programmed Message Kit AM-SP40S-SMK 9937 SP40S After Market 8 Message Standard Message Kit AM-SP40S-PMK 9938 SP40S After Market 8 Message Programmed Message Kit AM-SP40S-NBT 9939 SP40S After Market Narrow Band Signal Tone Kit Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! Afire 3 C.O. Port Adapter for the SP40S - Recommended 24 VDC Power Supply is Wheelock RPS -2406 (Order SP-COA 9908 Code 3770) lwessdyr t Opa.",a-- Message Type of Voice Message Script and Priority # Message Type Fire Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! Afire 1 (do not use Male emergancy has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the elevators) building by the nearest exit. Do not use the elevators." Fire Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by)' "May I have your attention please! Afire 2 . (do not use Female emergancy has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the elevators) building by the nearest exit. Do not use the elevators." Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! Afire 3 Fire Male emergancy has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the building by the nearest exit" Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! Afire 4 Emergency Female emergancy has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the building by the nearest exit." Three (3) rounds of code 3 horn (followed by): "May I have your attention please! Afire 5 Emergency Male emergancy has been reported in the building. While this is being verified, please leave the building and report to the designated assembly area for your group." Five (5) seconds of 1kHz tone (followed by): "May I have your attention please! The National 6 Weather Male Weather Service has issued a severe weather warning for our area." Five (5) seconds of 1kHz tone (followed by): "May I have your attention please! The building 7 All Clear Male emergency has ended. An all clear has been given. Please resume normal activities." Five (5) seconds of 1 kHz tone (followed by). "May I have your attention please! This is a test of 8 Test Male the Wheelock evacuation system, repeat, this is only a test" Each message can be selected to have a code 3 pre -alert tone, a 1 kHz continuous pre -alert tone, or no pre -alert tone Post -tones are also selectable and match the pre -tones for individual messages Any of the 8 messages are field programmable to record your own custom message • Each message length is 30 seconds • A 1/8" line level audio input jack is supplied for message recording • A two step recording procedure is required to ensure and verify that the standard message will be permanently erased Factory programmed messages are available for custom messages • Contact customer service for additional information • Form is required and can be downloaded from www.wheelockinc.com Note: For ❑ the SP-COA (C.O. Port Adapter for the SP40S) may be used to connect the SP40S to an unused C.O. port or a stand-alone telephone. Wheelock products must be used within their published specifications and must be PROPERLY specified, applied, installed, operated, maintained and operationally tested in accordance with their installation instructions atthe time of installation and at least twice a year or more often and in accordance with local, state and federal codes, regulations and laws. Specification, application, installation, operation, maintenance and testing must be performed by qualified personnel for proper operation in accordance with all of the latest National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Underwriters' Laboratories (UL), National Electrical Code (NEC), occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), local, state, county, province, district, federal and other applicable building and fire standards, guidelines, regulations, laws and codes including, but not limited to, all appendices and amendments and the requirements of the local authority 4 ving jurisdiction (AHJ). 2 -Zone Class A or 4 -Zone Class B Speaker Audio Splitter For operation with SAFEPATW4 Family of Products: SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-320, SPB-160, SPB-80/4 Description: Supervised 2 -Zone ClassAor4-Zone Class B SpeakerAudio Splitter for the SP40S, SP40/2 or Audio Boosters. Enables a single supervised speaker audio output to drive up to two Class A supervised speaker audio outputs or four Class B supervised speaker audio outputs. Applications: Provides for expansion of one zone to up to 2 zones of supervised speaker audio output in Class A Provides for expansion of one zone to up to 4 zones of supervised speaker audio output in Class B Ordering Information: Order Model Code Description Supervised 2 -Zone Class A or 4 -Zone SP4Z-AtB 9900 SP40S SP40/2 or ASpeakerAududio the dioB osterSplitter s Mounting Bracket for the SP4Z-A/B SPMB4Z 9907 is required when used with the Audio Boosters Note: The Speaker Splitter -Mounting Bracket (SPMB4Z) is required when the Speaker Splitter is used in Audio Boosters. The SPMB4Z can support two splitters. SAFEPATH°4 Class A or 4 -Zone Class B Speaker Audio Splitter Features: • Approvals: UL Standard 864, 9th edition, and California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), New York City (MEA) • Expands one zone to up to 2 zones of supervised speaker audio output in Class A • Expands one zone to up to 4 zones of supervised speaker audio output in Class B • Each Class A zone can accept up to 40 watts of audio • Each Class B zone can accept up to 40 watts of audio • Operates on either 25V or 70.7V RMS • Mounts inside the enclosure of the SP40S, SP40/2 or Audio Boosters • Power and Trouble LED's • Individual zone short and open LED indication • Capable of detecting wiring faults • Removable wiring terminals for quick connect/ disconnect accepting 12-22 AWG • All output circuitry is Power Limited • Space provided to allow for naming of the zones • Powered by 24VDC, supplied by the either the SP40S, SP40/2 or Audio Boosters • Standby and Alarm current at 24VDC is 15mA SPB-320 320 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Four 80 watt circuits) SPB-160 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits) SPB-80/4 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronizable Strobe Power (Two 2 Amp circuits) Description Supervised Facility Communication and Emergency Voice Evacuation Audio and Audio/Strobe Power Boosters, UL Standard 1711 and UL Standard 864, 9th edition with 24VDC battery backup capabilities. Designed to provide for additional supervised audio power for live voice, pre- recorded messages or background music (BGM). Fully supervised patent pending circuitry is always in effect even during BGM. The SPB-80/4 also provides 4 Amps of 24 VDC Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power. The SPB-320, SPB-160 and the SPB-80/4 easily connects to the Wheelock SP40S orSP40/2. Multiple SPB-320, SPB- 160 and SPB-80/4 Audio Boosters can be inter -connected to accommodate large installations with supervised audio power and also supervised and synchronized strobe power requirements. The SPB-320 draws 2.4 watts of audio input power to properly operate and provide additional supervised audio output power. The SPB-160 and the SPB-80/4 draws 1.2 watts of audio input power to properly operate and provide additional supervised audio output power. A maximum of 5,280 watts of supervised audio power can be achieved. Additional strobe power can be obtained via a combination of SPB-80/4 or Wheelock Power Supplies/Chargers. Applications Provides for additional supervised audio power for large installations Provides for additional supervised and synchronizable strobe power for large installations Can be used in new construction as well as in retrofit construction +r SAFEPATH°4 Audio Boosters Features Approvals & Compliance Approvals: UL Standard 864, 9th edition, UL Standard 1711, California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), New York City (MEA) OSHA 1910.165, ADA and UFC compliant 3 year warranty System Activation: Audio 70V or 25V input from the SP40S or SP40/2 1 Volt input from SP4-RMX System Activation: Strobe (SPB-80/4) Power Supply & Batteries • Fully supervised patent pending circuitry always in effect even during BGM • Power limited circuitry • Class D amplifiers • Internal battery charger and power supply Required batteries fit inside the enclosure (sold separately) • SPB-320 requires four 12 VDC, 12 AH batteries • SPB-160 and SPB-80/4 require two 12 VDC, 12 AH batteries Outputs: • SPB-320 has four 80 watt speaker output circuits • SPB-160 has two 80 watt speaker output circuits SPB-80/4 has one 80 watt speaker output circuit and two 2 amp strobe circuits (4 amps total) Supervised Audio Speaker outputs: 70V or 25V field selectable (all boosters must be either 70 V or 25 V) • Expansion output (supervised, 24VDC at .5A in alarm condition) used for connecting multiple boosters • DC output (unsupervised for optional splitter power). Each speaker circuit (four for the SPB-320, two for the SPB-160, one for the SPB-80/4) can connect to speaker splitters SPB-$0/4 Strobe Features: Two 24VDC 2 Amps, NAC supervised, synchronizable, power limited, Class B strobe outputs Selectable outputs; Wheelock sync, pass through, or constant DC Trouble LED's for open and short output conditions Alarm indicator: LED's for Strobe and Expansion Outputs Inputs: • Audio Speaker Inputs: 70V or 25V, field selectable • Auxiliary in (for alarm input signal) Mechanical: Order Code SPB-160, SPB-8014 SPB-320 Dimensions: 21" H x 16" W x 6" D (wall mount) • Weight: 36 lbs. (without batteries) • Finish: Red exterior enclosure Door Lock: Wheelock key -lock SPB-320 • Dimensions: 36" H x 24"W x 6" D (wall mount) • Weight: 80 Ins. (without batteries) • Finish: Red or black exterior enclosure • Door Lock: Wheelock key -lock n...d...:.,n Infnrmatinn Technical Specifications: 120VAC 3.8A, 60 Hz input • Standby current draw: 120mA, per amplifier board • Alarm current draw: 9 Amps, per amplifier board SPB-80/4 and SPB-160 have one amplifier board SPB-320 has two amplifier boards • System Frequency Response: Voice 400 Hz - 6.5 kHz BGM 275 Hz - 15 kHz Removable quick connect/disconnect terminals, accept 12 - 22 AWG Multiple LED's for easy indication of system diagnostic conditions Signal to Noise Ratio: > 70 dB Dynamic Range: > 65 dB Total Harmonic Distortion: 2% Note: The Speaker Splitter -Mounting Bracket (SPMB4Z) is required when the Speaker Splitter is used in Audio B000sters- The SPMB4Z can support two splitters. Model Order Code Description SPB-320 9918 320 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Four 80 watt circuits) SPB-160 8989 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits), red enclosure SPB-160-B 9930 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits), black enclosure SPB-80/4 8988 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power (Two 2 Amp circuits), red enclosure SPB-80/4-B - 9931 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power (Two 2 Amp circuits), black enclosure SPMB4Z 9907 Speaker Splitter Mounting Bracket for SPB-320, SPB-160 or SPB-80/4 r Legend BGM Background Music DV Digital Voice Message Expander FACP Fire Alarm Control Panel MPS Pull Station NPS Push Station Wheelock Strobe Power Supplies SP405 Supervised Multi -Function Communication System SP13-80/4 80 Watt Audio Booster 8,4 Amps of Strobe Power SPB-160 160 Watt Audio Booster SPB-320 320 Watt Audio Booster 'PRM Remote Microphone SP4-RMI( Remote Microphone Expansion Module - SP4TZC Telephone Zone Controller SP4-APS Addressable Paging Splitter SP4Z-A/e Speaker Splitter SP4-SVC Supervised Volume Control Strobe Speaker Speaker Strobe Cluster Speaker D�°a OVolume Control FACP MPS SP4- RMX SPRM I I SPRM SPRM BGM ) ( Telephone SP4- TZC NPS � SP4-APS DV This drawing is for illustrative purposes only SP40S SP4-3MEM SPB-320 SP4-APS 5P4 -APS SP4AP5 SP4Z-A/6 SP4-APS SPB-160 SP4-APS a Wheelock Strobe Power Supply Wheelock Strobe Power Supply SPB-320 SP4-APS SP4-APS PP4Z-A/B [P4 -APS] SP4-APS SPB-160 SP4-APS U D D a v C SP4-APS Addressable Paging Splitter SP4-TZC Telephone Zone Controller Applications: Connects to the SP40S or SP40/2 to control selectable paging and background music (BGM) Ability to access individual or multiple speaker zones throughout the SP40S or SP40/2 system via the telephone Features: • Allows selections of speaker zones via a telephone keypad (DTMF tones) • One SP4-TZC (controller) can control up to 17 SP4-APS (splitters) • Telephone page input connects to stand alone telephone, unused CO port, page port • USB connection for logical zone grouping and BGM programming (supports Windows 2000 and Windows XP) • Up to 9 logical zones, (a logical zone is a user selected group of up to 5 zones, individual or fixed) • RS -485 digital control to the SP4-APS speaker splitters • Connects to the SP40S or SP40/2 via the BGM input • The combination of 1 SP4-TZC (controller) and up to 17 SP4-APS (splitters) can provide: Class B 4 zones per splitter Up to 68 individual zones (17 splitters) 17 fixed zones (groups of 4) 9 logical zones Class A 2 zones per splitter Up to 34 individual zones (17 splitters) 17 fixed zones (groups of 2) 9 logical zones Ordering Information: Model Order Code Description SP4Z-APS 9920 Addressable Paging Splitter SP4-TZC 9921 Telephone Zone Controller TZC-USB 9923 SP4-TZC Programming Cable 10 SAFEPATH04 Addressable Paging Splitter and Telephone Zone Controller SP4-TZC Telephone Zone Controller: • Connects to the SP40S or SP40/2 • Auto programmable Custom user programmable (for logical zones) All call or selected zone(s) telephone paging Background music (BGM) zone(s) selectable Telephone input and background music (BGM) input Enclosure for the SP4-TZC (controller): Dimensions: 13"H x 7.6"W x 2.15"D Color: Black Wall mountable Requires 24 VDC, model RPS -2406 SP4-APS Addressable Paging Splitter: Addressable speaker zone splitter Mounts inside the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-80/4, SPB-160 or SPB-320 Operates on 24 VDC, supplied by the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-80/4, SPB-160, SPB-320 Handles 40 watts of supervised audio per zone UL Standard 864, 9th edition listed SAFEPATH°4 Supervised Volume Control SP -SVC Supervised Volume Control IN Applications: • Allows manual volume setting for telephone paging and background music for a specific speaker or speaker zone • The selected adjustment will not affect the volume setting of emergency prerecorded messages or live microphone usage Features: • Supervised volume control for use with UL Listed Life Safety Applications • Can handle up to 35 watts of 70.7 volt audio power input • Adjustment settings: 0 — 10, in 3dB increments • Operates in Class B or Class A wiring (for Class A, the SP4-APS is required) Requires a double gang, 31/z' deep back box or 4" square and 1-1/2" deep box with a 1-1/2" extension ring Stainless steel mounting plate with a black knob UL Standard 864 and California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) listed for use with the SP40S, SP40/2 or SPB Audio Boosters OSHA 1910.165 and ADA compliant Maximum RMS current 10.OmA Ordering Information: Model Order Description Code SP -SVC 9926 Supervised Volume Control for use with the SAFEPATH®4 system SAFEPATH°4 Remote Microphone Description: Remote Microphone for use with the SAFEPATH®4 Facility Communications System - SP40S, SP40/2 or SP4-RMX Applications: • Provides for an additional microphone in a remote location • Can be mounted up to 2,000 feet away from the SP40S or SP40/2 Features: Approvals: UL Standard 864, 9th edition and California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) Supervised hand held push to talk microphone Key required to enable remote microphone use Individual front panel LED indication for; System Normal, System Trouble and Alarm When used with the SP40S or SP40/2, the priority level is 2, the SP40S or SP40/2 on board microphone is always priority 1 Remote microphone usage disengages background music and general paging Voice frequency response: 275 Hz - 6.5 kHz Requires 24VDC, supplied by the SP40S, Audio Boosters, or SP4-RMX Input current: Standby: 23mA Alarm: 30mA Audio output level: 1.05V RMS • 6 wire connection to the SP40S, SP40/2 or SP4-RMX Mounting plate is red and measures, 8 3/4" x 5'/4", fits into a 4 gang back box All output circuitry is Power Limited Orderinq Information: Model Order Code Description Remote Microphone for use with the SPRM 8996 SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-320, SPB-160, SPB-80/4 or SP4-RMX, red plate General Paging Microphone for use with SPRM-GP 9927 the SPB-320, SPB-160, or SPB-80/4, black plate SP4-RMX Remote Microphone Expansion Module Applications: • Expands one remote microphone (SPRM) from the SP40S or SP40/2 to three remote microphones • Two SP4-RMX modules can be cascaded together to provide up to six remote microphones from the SP40S or SP40/2 Provides for an auxiliary input for connection of an external Voicel-ink message repeater for additional messages Ordering Information: Description !SP4-ERMX9919 Remote Microphone Expansion Module Microphone and message priority levels when the SP4-RMX is used with the SP40S or SP40/2 Priority Level Device Microphones 1 SP40 on board microphone 2 SP4-RMX, remote microphones #1, 2, 3 (set priority or First In First Out) 3 SP4-RMX, auxiliary input only SP40S Standard Messages 4 SP40S message 1 5 SP40S message 2 6 SP40S message 3 7 SP40S message 4 8 SP40S message 5 9 SP40S message 6 10 SP40S message 7 11 SP40S message 8 "Z 12 SAFEPATH°4 Remote Microphone Expansion Module Features: The SP4-RMX will provide the capability of connecting up to (3) three Remote Microphone Stations (SPRM) When connected to the SP40S or SP40/2, two SP4- RMX units can be cascaded together to provide up to six remote microphones Provides for an auxiliary input for connection of an external message repeater, for additional messages Can accept a line level input for broadcasting of other information When the SP4-RMX is connected to the SP40S or SP40/2, the entire system benefits from the additional microphone capability Can be connected to Audio Boosters for general (non - alarm) paging with use of SPRM-GP UL Standard 864 listed OSHA 1910.165, ADA and UFC compliant Multiple on board diagnostics with 3 status conditions: standby, alarm, and trouble Operates on 24 VDC, supplied by the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-80/4, SPB-160, SPB-320 The SP4-RMX is an external module Enclosure dimensions: 13"H x 7.6"W x 2.15"D Color: Black Wall mountable vraenng IlliVllijai—• -Model Number. ...Code Order Description _..._ Multi -Function Supervised Paging, Messaging, Background Music and Emergency Voice Evacuation System with 24 VDC battery backup circuity. Single channel system with 40 watts of supervised audio SP40S 9929 power and 2 amps of supervised 24 VDC synchronized strobe power and 8 standard messages. (batteries not included, 2 required) Red enclosure SP40S-B 9935 Same as above but with black enclosure BAT -1212 7390 12 volt, 12 -ampere hour battery SP40S-PMK 9936 SP40S 8 Message Programmed Message Kit AM -SP 40S-SMK 9937 SP40S After Market 8 Message Standard Message Kit AM -SP 4os- PMK 9938 SP40S After Market 8 Message Programmed Message Kit AM-SP40S-NBT 9939 Sp40S After ---[Narrow Band Signal Tone Kit 9908 C.O. Port Adapter for the SP40S or SP40/2 -Recommended 24 VDC Power Supply is Wheelock RPS- SP-COA 2406 (Order Code 3770) 9900 Supervised 2 -Zone Class A or 4 -Zone Class B Speaker Audio Splitter for the SP40S, SP40/2 or Audio SP4Z-AIB Boosters 9907 Mounting Bracket for the SP4Z-A/B is required when used with the Audio Boosters SPMB4Z 9918 320 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Four 80 watt circuits) SPB-320 8989 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits), red enclosure 5PB-160 160 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster (Two 80 watt circuits), black enclosure PB169930 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power SPB-80/4 .8988 (Two 2 Amp circuits), red enclosure - 9931 80 Watt Supervised Audio Power Booster with 4 Amps of Supervised and Synchronized Strobe Power SPB-80/4-B (Two 2 Amp circuits), black enclosure 2 Class A or 4 -Zone Class B Speaker Audio Splitter for the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-320, SP4Z-A/B 9900 Supervised -Zone SPB-160 or SPB-80/4 9907 Speaker Splitter Mounting Bracket for SPB-320, SPB-160 or SPB-80/4 SPMB4Z SP4Z-APS 9920 Addressable Paging Splitter SP4-TZC 9921 Telephone Zone Controller TZC-USB 9923 SP4-TZC Programming Cable 9926 Supervised Volume Control for use with the SAFEPATH®4 System SP -SVC 8996 1 Remote Microphone for use with the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-320, SPB-160, SPB-80/4 or SP4-RMX, red SPRM plate 9927 General Paging Microphone for use with the SPB-320, SPB-160 or SPB-80/4, black plate SPRM-GP 13 Architects and Engineers Specifications SP40S Facility Communications System The system shall be a multi-purpose NFPA compliant, supervised, general -purpose -audio, and evacuation. system.. The system shall be a single channel voice evacuation system incorporating supervision during the broadcasting of background music and general paging. The system shall be capable of delivering 40 watts of supervised audio power and 2 amps of supervised 24 VDC synchronized strobe power. Minimum supervised audio power shall be 40 watts, expandable to 5280 watts, depending on system configuration and with additional modules and power boosters. Supervised 24 VDC synchronized strobe power shall be 2 amps, expandable to the requirements of the installation. The system shall be capable of operating from a 120 VAC power source and have 24 VDC battery backup. Standard on -board system features shall include: digital voice messaging, a hand-held push -to - talk microphone with override priority, and a power supply/battery charger. The system shall be capable of interfacing with telephone systems for general paging announcements and will have night ringer capabilities. Form C contacts shall be provided for system alarm and trouble conditions. The system shall have an internal sounder to indicate trouble, and shall be capable of being silenced using a trouble acknowledge switch button. The system shall have 8 message contacts with contact closure activation. Background music input voltage shall be capable of handling less then 2.5 V peak to peak orless then .3 volts. The system shall have thirteen priority ordered inputs, including: On Board Microphone, Auxiliary Input (Line Level), 8 Digital Messages, Night Ringer Input, Telephone Paging Input, and Background Music Input. The system shall have preset audio levels for emergency messaging (prerecorded and live mic). The system shall revert back to a Preset level regardless of the volume set for background music (BGM) or general paging. Background music inputs can be an AM/FM tuner, cassette, CD, MP3, or any other remote source. The system shall be supplied with 8 pre-recorded messages and be capable of in -field recording of customer unique messages. The system shall have a dual -tone tone generator with Code -3 Tone and Slow Whoop. When the system is on battery power, telephone page, night ring and background music shall be disengaged. The system shall have power limited circuitry and class B wiring. Wiring terminal blocks will be removable and accept #22 -#12 AWG wire. Audio output voltage shall be selectable for 25V or 70.7V The voice (live microphone or recorded message) frequency response shall be 275 Hz — 6.5 kHz, background music frequency response shall be 100 Hz - 15 kHz. Stand by current draw shall be 140mA. Alarm current draw shall be 4.7 amps. The signal to noise ratio shall be better than 65 dB, dynamic range shall be better than 65 dB, total harmonic distortion shall be less than 2%. The system shall be wall mountable, enclosed in a steel locking enclosure. The required batteries for 40 -watt systems shall fit inside the enclosure. The 40 watt system shall weigh no more than 36 lbs (without batteries) and its dimensions shall not exceed 21" H x 16" W x 6" D. The system shall be made in the USA. Approvals for the system shall include: UL Standard 864, 9th edition, UL Standard 1711, FCC part 15, California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) and New York City (MEA). The system shall be OSHA 1910.165 and ADA compliant. 3 Year Warranty. SAFEPATW4 Audio Boosters The Wheelock SP13-320, SPB-160 and SPB-80/4 Audio Boosters shall be NFPA compliant supervised audio and supervised 24VDC synchronized strobe power boosters (some models will have supervised 24VDC synchronized strobe booster capability). The booster shall have 24VDC battery backup capabilities. The booster shall have the capability to supervise the circuitry during playback of background music. The booster shall have the capability to be inter -connected to accommodate large installations with supervised audio power and also supervised and synchronized strobe power requirements. Three versions of the booster shall be made available: SPB-80/4, (80 watts of supervised audio power and 4 amps of supervised and synchronized strobe power), SPB-160 (160 watts of supervised audio) or SPB-320 (320 watts of supervised audio). Each booster shall use 1.2 watts of audio input power (The SPB-320 requires 2.4 watts of audio power) to properly operate and provide additional supervised audio output power. A combination of boosters can be added together to provide for a maximum of 5,280 watts of supervised audio power. Additional strobe power can be obtained via a combination of boosters. The audio section of the booster shall be connected via a selectable 70V or 25V input from the Wheelock SP40S or SP40/2. The strobe section of the booster shall be divided into two sections each supplying two Amps of 24VDC, NAC, supervised, synchronizable, power limited, Class B strobe outputs, with selectable outputs offering Wheelock sync, pass through, or constant DC and can be activated via 8-33VDC NAC input or contact closure. The boosters shall have power -limited circuitry and be a class D amplifier with an internal battery charger and power supply. The required batteries (purchased separately) shall fit inside the enclosure (two 12VDC, 12 AH for the SPB-80/4 or SPB-160 and four 12 VDC, 12 AH for the SPB-320). The booster shall operate on 120VAC, 4,5A, 60 Hz input. The SPB-80/4 or SPB-160 standby current draw shall be 120mA and alarm current draw shall be 9 Amps. The SPB-320 consists of two SPB-160's. Each SPB-160 shall have its own power supply and battery charger. The voice frequency response shall be 400 Hz —6.5 kHz, the BGM frequency response shall be 275 Hz - 15 kHz. Removable quick connect/disconnect terminals that accept 12 - 22 AWG shall be used. Multiple LED's for easy indication of system diagnostic conditions shall be present on the PC board. The Signal to Noise Ratio shall be > 70 dB, the dynamic range shall be > 65 dB, the Total Harmonic Distortion spec shall be 2%. The booster shall be wall mountable, enclosed in a steel locking enclosure, with a red finish. The booster shall be made in the USA. Approvals for the booster shall include; UL Standard 864, 9th edition, UL Standard 1711, CSFM and MEA. The booster shall be OSHA 1910.165 and ADA compliant. The booster shall carry a 3 year warranty. 14 Architects and Engineers Specifications 4 Zone Class B Speaker Splitter-- - The Wheelock SP4Z A/B shall be UL Standard 864, 9thedition, California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) and New York City (MEA) approved, 2 -Zone Class A or 4 -Zone Class B Speaker Splitter for operation with the Wheelock, SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-80/4, SPB- 160 and SPB-320. The SP4Z-A/B shall enable a single supervised speaker audio output to drive up to two Class A supervised speaker audio outputs or four Class B supervised speaker audio outputs. Each Class Azone shall be capable of accepting up to 40 watts and operate on either 25 or 70.7V RMS of audio input. Each Class B zone shall be capable of accepting up to 40 watts of audio and operate on either 25 or 70.7V RMS of audio input. The SP4Z-A/B shall be capable of supporting live microphone paging, prerecorded emergency voice evacuation messages, supervised background music and general paging announcements. The SP4Z-A/B shall mount inside the enclosure of the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-80/4, SPB-160 and SPB-320 and shall have power and trouble LED's with individual zone short and open LED indication. The SP4Z-A/B shall be capable of detecting wiring faults. The SP4Z-A/B shall be powered by 24VDC, which is to be supplied by the SP40S, SP40/2, SPB-80/4, SPB-160 or SPB-320. Standby and Alarm current at 24VDC shall bel5mA. Removable wiring terminals for quick connect/disconnect accepting 12-22 AWG shall be incorporated. All output circuitry shall be power limited. Space shall be provided to allow for naming of the zones. Addressable Paging Splitter and Telephone Zone Controller The Wheelock Addressable Paging Splitter (SP4-APS) and Telephone Zone Controller (SP4-TZC) shall be used to control and direct telephone paging and background musiczones connected to the SAFEPATH4 Multi -Function Facility Communication System using an RS485 connection. The Addressable Paging Splitter (SP4-APS) shall be UL Standard 864, 9th edition and California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) approved, addressable and supervised 2 -zone Class A or 4 -zone Class B Speaker splitter. The SP4-APS shall be used with Wheelock's SP40S or SP40/2 panel and the Audio Booster (SPB-160, SPB-80/4, and SPB-320) panels. Each SP4-APS shall have a single audio input capable of 25 Vrms or 70.7 Vrms at a maximum of 80 Watts. The input audio power shall be distributed to the zone connections with the total not exceeding the input and no zone exceeding 40 Watts. When audio boosters are connected, each audio booster module shall consume 1.2 Watts from the total input power of the SP4-APS. The splitter shall be mounted inside the SP40S, SP40/2 or Audio Booster that it is associated with, and it shall operate on 24VDC supplied by the supported module. The SP4-APS shall contain 16 LED indicators used to monitor and troubleshoot the module. The Telephone Zone Controller Module (SP4-TZC) shall be used to address the output zones on the SP4-APS. The SP4-TZC shall be capable of supporting 17 SP4-APS speaker splitter modules and shall be capable of addressing all zones at once ("AII Call"), a maximum of 68 separate zones, 17 fixed zone groups and 9 programmed logical zone groups. This shall be accomplished using two digit DTMF tones from a page port, an unused CO port, or a stand alone telephone with a loop start circuit. Also, the SP4- TZC shall be able to select zones for background music. The SP4-TZC has the following inputs: Power, USB port, Background Music(BGM), Page Audio in. The outputs are: Audio out and RS485 Digital Control. The basic operating parameters of the SP4-_ APS shall be pre-programmed. Customized programming shall be accomplished using a USB cable and programming computer software. The SP4-TZC shall be powered using a 24VDC filtered and regulated power supply such as the Wheelock RPS -2406. The Controller Module assembly is mounted in a metal enclosure measuring 13"L x 7 5/8"W x 2"D. Supervised Volume Control The Wheelock SP -SVC shall be UL Standard 864, 9th edition approved, supervised volume control for use with the SAPEPATH®4 Facility Communications System. The SP -SVC shall provide for manual volume setting for telephone paging and background music for a specific speaker or speaker zone. The selected adjustment will not affect the volume setting of emergency prerecorded messages or live microphone usage. The SP -SVC shall be capable of handling up to 35 watts of audio power @70.7 volts or 4 watts audio power @ 25 volts and shall operate on either 70.7 or 25 volt input from an SP40S or Audio Booster. The SP -SVC shall be capable of operating in Class B or Class A wiring configurations (for Class A, the SP4-APS is required). The SP -SVC shall receive operating power from an Audio Booster, SP40S or SP40/2. Volume adjustment settings shall be off, 1 - 10, in 3dB increments. The SP -SVC shall be supplied with a stainless steel mounting plate with a black knob and require a double gang, 3%" deep back box for mounting. Remote Microphone The Wheelock SPRM shall be UL Standard 864, 9th edition and California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) approved, Remote Microphone for use with the SAPEPATH®4 Facility Communications System. The SPRM shall be a supervised hand held push to talk microphone and a key shall be required to enable remote microphone use. (Same key as SP40S or SP40/2) Removable wiring terminals for quick connect/disconnect accepting 12 - 22 AWG shall be incorporated. All output circuitry shall be power limited. Individual front panel LED's shall be provided for indication of System Normal, System Trouble and Alarm. Multiple on board diagnostic LED's shall be provided. When used with the SP40S or SP4012, the priority level shall be number two. Remote microphone usage shall disengage background music and general paging. Voice frequency response shall be 275 Hz - 6.5 kHz +1- 2.4 dB. Power requirements shall be 24VDC and will be supplied by the SP40S or SP40/2. Input current for Standby shall be 26mA and for Alarm 38mA. Audio output level shall be 1.05V RMA. There shall be a 6 -wire connection to the SP40S or SP40/2. The mounting plate shall be red and measure, 8 3/4" x 5 Y.", and shall fit into a 4 gang back box. 15 r Microphone Expansion Module lockSP4 RMX Remote Microphone Expansion Module shall be ULStandard 864, 9th edition and California State Fire Marshal pproved for use with the SAPEPATH04 SP40S Facility Communications System.RMX shall be a supervised outboard expansion module for use with the SAPEPATH®4 system. It shall be used to expand er of optional supervised Remote Microphone (SPRM) modules up to three. Two SP4-RMX Remote Microphone Expansion an be connected tothe SP40S orSP40/2 and shall have the capability of providing theSP40S orSP40/2with uptosix system Calf' Remote Microphone (SPRM) modules*. The SP4-RMX can be programmed to provide either priority override for each odule input or First In First Out. First In First Out allows the active SPRM to complete its communication before another SPRM can be used. All output circuitry shall be power limited. Multiple on board diagnostic LED indicators shall be provided. All wiring shall be connected to the module using quick connect/disconnect wiring terminals, capable of accepting 12 — 22 AWG wiring. The SP4-RMX PCB assembly is mounted in a metal enclosure measuring 13"L x 7 5/8"W x 2"D. The SP4-RMX can support each SPRM at a range up to 2000 feet. *The SP4-RMX can also be connected to Audio Booster for general (non -alarm) paging with use of SPRM-GP. NOTE: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Wheelock Inc. standard terms and conditions. Note: Refer to the products Installation Instructions for proper installation, wiring procedures and any additional specifications. WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION National Sales Office 800-631-2148 Canada 800-397-5777 E -Mail: Info@wheelockinc.com http://www.wheelockinc.com 273 Brancnport Avenue YEAR WARRANTY Made in USA xled,r,a.' :l buted By: Long Branch, NJ 07740 • TEL: 732-222-6880 • FAX: 732-222-2588 r 16 V2003 -S 07/07 ..�.. "ter... 273 Branchpm-t Avenue Long Branch, N.J. 07740 (800) 631-2148 ,vw,wheelockine.com Thank you for using our products. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ADDRESSABLE PAGING SPLITTER (FOR SP40/2, SPB-160, SPB-80/4, and SPB-320) Use this product according to this instruction manual. Please keep this instruction manual for firture reference. MODEL NUMBER: 109920 SP4-APS 1.0 GENERAL: The Addressable Paging Splitter module (SP4-APS) is designed to be used with Wheelock's SP40/2 SAFEPATH4 panel and the SP4-TZC Zone Controller. The SP4-APS can also be mounted in SAFEPATH4 Audio Booster (SPB-160, SPB-80/4, and SPB-320) panels. The SP4-APS provides a means for expanding one supervised audio output zone to four Class B or two Class A supervised zones. The SP4-APS also provides two expansion outputs that can be used to add additional audio booster modules in Class A or B configuration. The SP4-APS is UL Listed under Standard 864, Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. it is for indoor use only. One SP4-APS can be mounted inside the SP40/2 panel. The use of the Splitter Mounting Bracket (SPMB4Z) is required when mounting the SP4-APS splitter(s) inside the Audio Booster panels. The Addressable Paging Splitter module (SP4-APS) is also used to expand and distribute supervised telephone paging and background music to selected zones when the SAFEPATH4 system is not in the alarm condition. When the SAFEPATH4 system is in the alarm condition all telephone paging and background music inputs are silenced and the emergency message is broadcast on all zones. The SP4-APS is used with the Telephone Zone Controller (SP4-TZC) and controls the distribution of the telephone paging and background music functions. NOTE: Use of the Telephone Zone Controller (SP4-TZC) is supplementary. The SP4-APS contains 16 LED indicators used to monitor and troubleshoot the module. Refer to the Installation Instructions for the Telephone Zone Controller (SP4-TZC) P84567 when connecting the SP4-APS modules for telephone paging and background music operation. NOTE: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol All warnings are printed in bold capital letters. IWARNING; PLEASE READ THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THIS PRODUCT. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THE FOLLOWING INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. 2.0 SPECIFICATIONS: The SP4-APS has a maximum power output per zone that cannot exceed what is listed in Table 1. Table 1: SP4-APS Speeificntions Rated Volta e Rated Cwrent Audio Input Max Power Volta e Per lone 24VDC 0.120A 25VRMS 40W 70.7VRMS 40W The total audio power output from all zones on the SP4-APS cannot exceed the audio input power. Copyright 2005 Wheelock, Inc. All rights reserved. P84577 G Sheet 1 of 14 POWERPATH'' NAC POWER SUPPLIES PS -6 Description The Wheelock Series PS -6 and PS -8 are 24VDC, filtered and regulated, supervised remote power supply/battery chargers are used for supervision and expanded power driving capability of Fire Alarm Notification Appliance Circuits. The PS -6 provides 6 amps of power distributed across 4 outputs, while the PS -8 provides 8 Amps across 4 output. In addition the PS -8 provides additional room in the chassis for accessories like an Addressable Control Module, with mounting studs. The Power Supplies may be connected to any 12V or 24V (FWR or DC) Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) by using a Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) or a "Dry Contact". Primary applications include NAC expansion (supports ADA requirements) and auxiliary power to support system accessories. This unit provides filtered and regulated 24VDC, up to four (4) Class "B, two (2) Class "A", or two (2) Class "B" and one (1) Class "A" Notification Appliance Circuits. With the optional plug-in PS -EXP module the unit supports (8) Class "B" or (4) Class "A" Notification Appliance Circuits. Additionally, an auxiliary power output of 2.5 Amps (disconnected upon AC power loss or an alarm condition) or up to 0.240 A of constant power on the PS -8 and 0.075 A of constant power on the PS -6. The Wheelock Power Supplies can accommodate 7 or 12 AH batteries inside its lockable chassis. Using an external battery cabinet it can charge up to 33 AH batteries (pending UL testing). Two FACP NAC circuits or two "Dry" contact initiating circuits can be connected to the inputs. These inputs can then be directed to control supervision and power delivery to any combination of the four (4) outputs. Each output is rated at 3.0 Amps (Class "B") or (Class "A") and can be programmed to generate a steady or Code 3 Temporal Horn sound and a strobe output under alarm condition. Total load for the PS -6 and PS -8 NAC circuits must not exceed the power supplies rated output. The Power Suppliesunder non -alarm condition provides independent supervision for Class "A" and Class "B" FACP NAC circuits. In the event of circuit trouble, the FACP will he notified via the POWERPATH steered input (IN1 or IN2). In addition there are two sets of trouble reporting terminals, one used for AC power loss reporting and the other for all troubles. The AC power loss reporting,: on the common trouble terminals and on IN1 or IN2, can be delayed for either 30 seconds or 170 minutes. The AC power loss terminals will always report the trouble within 1 second after loss of AC power. UL:: FM ® APPROVED PS -8 PS -EXP The PS -6 and PS -8 Power Supplies are UL Listed under UL Standard 864, 9th Edition to be used with any 24 volt Listed Regulated notification appliances. They include the capability to synchronize Wheelock strobes and horns and to silence the horn signal when horn/strobes are operating on two wires. Approvals • Approvals Include: UI -Standard 864, 1481, California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), Factory Mutual (FM) • Compliant with NFPA 72 Inputs • 120VAC, 50/60Hz, 4.2S Amps (PS -6/8) and 5.32 Amps (PS -8) Operating Power in Alarm 240VAC, 60Hz, 2.42 Amps (PS -6E and 3.22 Amps (PS -8E)' Operating Power in Alarm • 24VDC Battery Backup Connection -Two (2),12V or 24V NAC Initiating Circuits (8-33V at 5mA) FWRor DC • Two (2) "Dry" Contact initiating Circuits • Accepts two (2) Class "A" or two (2) Class "B" circuit inputs • Built in battery charger for sealed lead acid or gel type batteries Outputs • NAC outputs are 24VDC, 3.0 Amps each, power limited • 8 Amps on PS -8 and 6 Amps on the PS -6 total alarm current ...Features continued on next page Capable of four (4), Class"B"circuits Capable of two (2) Class "A" circuits Capable of one (1) Class"A"circuit and two (2) Class "B" circuits Capable of (8) Class "B" or four (4) Class "Aciritton alPS-EPmodule Temporal (Code 3), constant voltage output, WheehSYiP True input to output follower mode Built-in Wheelock synchronization mode that can be fed to any or all of the output circuits • Input and output can be synchronized with "IN>OUT SYNC" mode (DSM, 2nd POWERPATH"" or FACP with synchronization protocol is required) • Audible silence capability • Filtered and electronically regulated output • 2.5 Amp auxiliary power limited output with reset capability. (Removed upon AC loss or alarm. Automatic reset 30 seconds after AC power returns or the alarm condition is over) or 0.075 Amps (PS -6) or 0.240 Amps (PS -8) of auxiliary power limited output which remains on during AC loss or an alarm condition when configured for 24 hour battery backup Supervision • Compatible with 12V or 24V (FWR or DC) FACP • Signaling appliance circuits are supervised and steered to either INI or IN2 • IOK Ohm, 1 Watt (Wheelock Model #MPEOL) End of Line Resistor (EOLR) for supervision of all outputs • 37 distinguishable trouble diagnostics • AC loss trouble reported over a separate set of contacts (delay of 1 second) • All troubles are reported over the common trouble contacts (AC loss can have a delay of 30 seconds or 170 minutes) • Automatic switchover to standby battery when AC fails -Thermal and short circuit protection with auto reset • Input and output status LED indicators • AC fail supervision • Battery presence and low battery supervision • Ground Fault Detection, with diagnostics to indicate which circuit fault is on • Latching LED's for NAC trouble annunciation and Diagnostic trouble LED's (latching can be disabled) Power • Not Battery Dependent • Automatic switch over to standby batteries when AC fails • Supports sealed lead acid or gel type batteries • Fused battery protection -Thermal and short circuit protection with auto reset • Supports both 7AH or 12AH batteries in the same cabinet POWERPATHT" Operating Modes (refer to Installation Manual): Normal Mode: Provides constant 24 VDC output upon initiation by a voltage to input IN1 or IN2 or by a contact opening on DRY1 or DRY2. The unit returns to standby mode when the input is deactivated. Wheelock Sync Mode: Provides signals for synchronization of patented Wheelock audible and strobe notification appliances. Audibles can also be silenced in this mode while the strobes continue to flash. In>Out Sync Mode: Accepts a synchronization signal on the input to provide a coded output or synchronized output.This signal may come from a FACE, another POWERPATH or a Wheelock DSM synchronization module. Caution: Do not use strobes on coded output circuits. True Input Follower Mode: Accepts a coded signal on the input to provide a coded output with the same timing as the input. The signal may come from a FACP, another POWERPATH or other coded source. Caution: Do not use strobes on coded output circuits. Temporal Mode: Codes the output voltage in a code -3 temporal pattern to drive audible appliances such as horns, bells or chimes. Caution: Do not use strobes on coded output circuits. Cnprifirations and Ordering Information ' Order Input Voltage/Current Approvals Model Number Code UL I CSFM FM 105530 6 amp, red enclosure X X X PS -6 100257 6 amp, black enclosure X X X PS -613 105531 8 amp, red enclosure X X X PS -8 105830 8 amp, black enclosure X X X PS -813 105083 6 amp power supply with preinstalled expansion module X X X PS-6EXP 105084 8 amp power supply with preinstalled expansion module X X X PS-BEXP 105534 4 class B or 2 class A expansion module X X X PS -EXP PS -EXP -RETRO 105527 Field upgrade kit for models prior to January 2010° X X X Input Circuit Input Voltage and Current X=Approved Input voltage Range 8 to 33 VDC '= Pending Input Current @ 12 VDC 0.005 amps #=Contact Technical Support for additior Input Current @ 24 VDC 0005 amps . inforamation on upc Output Voltage and Current options Output Circuit Four (4) Class B or Two (2) Class A or 24 VDC @ up to 3 amps per curcuit One (1) Class A and Two (2) Class "B" or 8 Class B or 4 Class A o tional PS -EXP module necessary) Continuous duty up to 3 Amps per circuit, up to 4 Amps maximum per panel Standby Current 0.129 Amps Alarm Current. 0.129 Amps Primary PS -6 (120 VAC models) 105 to 130VAC, 50/60 Hz @ 4.25 Amps Primary PS -8 (120VAC models) 105 to 130 VAC 50/60 Hz @ 5.32 Amps Primary PS -6E (240 VAC models) 210 to 260VAC, 50/60 Hz @ 2.42 Amps Primary PS -8E (240 VAC models) 210 to 260 VAC 50/60 Hz @ 3.22 Amps Secondary Power Charging Capacity 32 Amp hours @ 0.750 Amps per hour Enclosure can house up to two 12 AH batteries Aux Output CP Mode PS -6 up to 75 mA PS -8 up to 250 mA MP Mode 2.5A during non alarm Model Dimensions Wei ht Comments PS-6/PS-6B 17"H x 13"W x 3.5" D 1 LSlbs. (Ship) 9.41bs (Unit) Small profile PS-8/PS-86 17"H x 15"W x 5.5"D 17.71bs (Ship) 1S.61bs (Unit) Additionaroom for modules Plugs into main pcb on all PS -EXP 4.3"H x 3.7"W x 1"D 11b. (Ship &Unit) models trade Architects and Engineers Specifications The power supply shall be Wheelock. POWERPATH'",Series PS -8, or equivalent. The unit shall be stand alone power supply intended for powering fire alarm notification appliances via Its own Notification Appliance Circuit(s) (NAC). The unit shall be UL 864 Listed for power limited operation of outputs and comply with NFPA 70 (NEC), article 760. The power supply shall support a full 8A of notification power even if the battery is in a degraded mode and only AC power is connected. The power supply shall be activated by a standard Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) from any Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or a "Dry contact" opening. The units shall be 8 ampere, 24 VDC, regulated and filtered, supervised remote power supply/charger. It shall operate over the voltage range of 8 to 33 VDC or FWR. The primary application of the unit shall be able to expand fire alarm system capabilities for additional NAC circuits to support ADA requirements and to provide auxiliary power to support system accessories a functions. The power supply shall provide four Class "B", two Class "A", or two Class "B" and one Class "APP YC Pito 240 Eight Class "B" or Four Class "A" circuits shall be available with an optional PS -EXP module. The PS -8 unit shall su I u to 240 mA of auxiliary power that is available during both non -alarm and alarm or auxiliary power of not less than 2.SA at 24 VDC during non -alarm. The power supply shall be capable of charging batteries of up to 33 ampere hours per NFPA 72 at maximum rate of 0.750 Amps per hour. Input activation options shall be from not less than two NAC circuits or Dry Contact closures. These inputs shall have the capability of being directed to any combination of the four NAC circuit outputs. Each NAC circuit output shall be rated at 3 amperes for Class "B" applications or 3 amperes each for Class "A". The outputs shall be programmable to generate a steady or Temporal (Code 3) output and or a synchronized strobe or horn output. The power supply shall provide independent loop supervision for either Class "A" or Class "B" FACP NAC circuits and shall have the capability to "steer" all alarm or trouble conditions to either incoming NAC circuit. The units shall have common trouble terminals. The power supply shall be powered from a 120 VAC source with a current consumption of xx amperes max. The unit shall incorporate short circuit protection with auto reset. The power supply shall incorporate a built in battery charger for lead acid or gel type batteries with automatic switchover to battery back up in the event of AC power failure. The charger shall incorporate fused protection for the batteries and have the ability to report low battery and/or no battery condition(s). Standby current for battery back up shall be 0.129 Amps max. The power supply shall have the ability to latch trouble LED's so the circuit in trouble can be identified. The cabinet dimensions shall be 17" H x 1 S" W x 5.5" D. The power supply shall be Wheelock POWERPATFI- Series PS -6, or equivalent. The unit shall be stand alone power supply intended for powering fire alarm notification appliances via its own Notification Appliance Circuits) (NAC). The unit shall be UL 864 Listed for power limited operation of outputs and comply with NFPA 70 (NEC), article 760. The power supply shall support a full 6A of notification power even if the battery is in a degraded mode and only AC power is connected. The power supply shall be activated by a standard Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC) from any Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) or a "Dry contact" opening. The units shall be 6 ampere, 24 VDC, regulated and filtered, supervised remote power supply/charger. It Shall operate over the voltage range of 8 to 33 VDC or FWR. The primary application of the unit shall be able to expand fire alarm system capabilities for additional NAC circuits to support ADA requirements and to provide auxiliary power to support system accessories or functions. The power supply shall provide four Class "B", two Class "A", or two Class "B" and one Class "APPYC circuit(s). Eight Class "B" or Four Class "A" circuits shall be available with an optional PS -EXP module. The PS -6 unit shall supply u to 200 FDA of auxiliary power that is available during both non -alarm and alarm or auxiliary power of not less than 2.5A at 24 VDC during non -alarm. The power supply shall be capable of charging batteries of up to 33 ampere hours per NFPA 72 at a maximum rate of 0.750 Amps per hour. Input activation options shall be from not less than two NAC circuits or Dry Contact closures. These inputs shall have the capability of being directed to any combination of the four NAC circuit outputs. Each NAC circuit output shall be rated at 3 amperes for Class "B" applications or 3 amperes each for Class "A". The outputs shall be programmable to generate a steady or Temporal (Code 3) output and or a synchronized strobe or horn output. The power supply shall provide independent loop supervision for either Class "A" or Class "B" FACP NAC circuits and shall have the capability to "steer' all alarm or trouble conditions to either incoming NAC circuit. The units Shall have common trouble terminals. The power supply shall be powered from a 120 VAC source with a current consumption of xx amperes max. The unit shall incorporate short circuit protection with auto reset. The power supply shall incorporate a built in battery charger for lead acid or gel type batteries with automatic switchover to battery back up in the event of AC power failure. The charger Shall incorporate fused protection for the batteries and have the ability to report low battery and/or no battery condition(s). Standby current for battery back up shall be 0.130 Amps max. The power supply shall have the ability to latch trouble LED's so the circuit in trouble can be identified.The cabinet dimensions shall be 17"H x 13"W x 35"D. ,&WARNING: PLEASE READ TH ESE SPECI FICATION5 AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT, FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS AND WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLA- TION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATHTOYOU AND/OR OTHERS NOTE: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accor- dance with Wheelock Inc. standard terms and conditions. � - I— a flOiYi� WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICETCERTIEICATION 1 YEAR WARRANTY poam"r Cooper Notification is Wheelock" MEIUC SAFEPAT9i WAVES, r��.� Q i l.a )®n coormMeelo& SERIES E70 STROBE Series E70 Speakers and Speaker Strobes FIRS SERIES E90 STROBE Description The Wheelock Series E Low Profile Speakers and Speaker Strobes are designed for high efficiency sound output, with dual voltage (25/70 VRMS) capability and field selectable taps from 1/8 to 2 watts. The low profile design incorporates a speaker mounting plate for faster and easier installation. Each model has a built-in level adjustment feature and an aesthetic two (2) screw grille cover. The Series E Speaker Strobe models incorporate the Low Current draw Series RSS Strobes. Strobe options for wall mount models include 1575 or Wheelock patented MCW multi -candela strobe with field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/110cd or the high intensity MCWH strobe with field selectable 135/185cd. Ceiling mount models are available in Wheelock patented MCC multi -candela ceiling strobe with field selectable intensities of 15/30/75/95cd or the high intensity MCCH strobe with field selectable 115/177cd. Series E Speakers and Speaker Strobes provide high audio output with clear audibility and are designed to meet the critical needs of the life safety industry for effective emergency voice communications, tone signaling and visible signaling to alert the hearing impaired. The strobe portion of all Series E Speaker Strobes may be synchronized when used in conjunction with the Wheelock SM, DSM Sync Modules or Wheelock PS-24-8MC power supply with Patented Sync Protocol. Wheelock synchronized strobes offer an easy way to comply with ADA recommendations concerning photosensitive epilepsy. Series E Speaker Strobes are UL Listed for indoor use under Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing -Impaired) and Standard 1480 (Speaker Appliances), and use a Xenon flashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed in a rugged Lexan® lens to provide maximum reliability for effective visual signaling. All inputs are supervised and employ IN/OUTwiring terminals forfast Installation using #12 to #18 AWG wiring. Color options for the Series E Speakers and Speaker Strobes are red, white and nickel plated. "A APPROVED 'Ev 55191 151-92-E ]125-0]85:1`52 7320.9785:134 (Speaker) SERIES E90 SPEAKER Features SERIES E70 SPEAKER Approvals include: UL Standard 1971, UL Standard 1480, New York City (MEA), California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), Factory Mutual (FM) and Chicago (BFP) See approvals by model in Specifications and Ordering Information • ADA/NFPA/ANSI compliant Complies with OSHA 29 Part 1910.165 • Wall mount models are available with Field Selectable Candela Settings of 15/30/75/110cd or 135/185cd (Multi. Candelamodels), or 1575cd (Single Candela model) • Ceiling mount models are available with field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/95cd or 1151177cd (Multi - candela models) • Strobes produce 1 flash per second over the regulated voltage range • 24 VDC with wide UL "Regulated Voltage" using filtered DC or unfiltered VRMS input voltage • Synchronize with Wheelock SM, DSM or Wheelock PS-24- 8MC Power Supply with built-in sync protocol • Field selectable taps for 25 or 70 VRMS operation from 1/8 watt up to 2 watts • High efficiency design for maximum output at minimum wattage across a frequency range of 400 to 4000 HZ • Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wires NOTE: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS, are identified by the symbol A. All warnings are printed in bold capital letters. A WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THIS PRODUCT. VISIT W W W.COOPERWHEELOCK.COM OR CONTACT COOPER WHEELOCK FOR THE CURRENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. General Notes: d minimum over their "Regulated Voltage Range". Note that NFPA-72 specifies a Clash rate of 1 Strobes are designed to flash at 1 flash per secon to 2 flashes per second and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second. All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL Standard 1971. Series NS Strobe products are listed under UL Standard 1971 for indoor use with a temperature range of 32"F to 120"F (0°C to 49"C) and maximum humidity of 93% (t 2%). Series NH horns are listed under UL Standard 464 for audible signal appliances (Indoor use only). • "Regulated Voltage Range" is the newest terminology used by UL to identify the voltage range. Prior to this change UL used the terminology "Listed Voltage Range". Table 1: UL Max Current* E70 Strobe Current - Wall Mount E90 Strobe Current - Ceiling Mount E70/E90241575W Speaker 24MCW 24MCWH 24MCC 24MCCH Strobes 1575cd 15cd 30cd 75Cd 110cd 135cd 185cd 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd 115cd 177cd 16-33 VDC 0.090 0.060 0.092 0.165 0.220 0.300 .0420 0.065 0.105 0.189 0.249 0.300 0.420 Table 2: E70/E90 UL Reverberant dBA @ 10 Feet** watts 118 114 112 1 2 E Speaker 77 81 83 86 89 E Speaker Strobe 76 80 1 82 85 88 "dBA ratings are based on testing under UL Standard 1480. * UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v for 24v units). For strobes the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16v for 24v units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33v for 24v units). For unfiltered FWR ratings, see installation instructions. vvuu.y ..,may..-...-. SERIES E SPEAKER &STROBE -OPERATE- - SERIES -E"SPEAKER STROBES SYNCHRONIZED. INDEPENDENTLY (NON -SYNC OR SYNC) WITH MULTIPLE DSM MODULES Strobe Sync w/ DSM or PS-24-8MC Strobe Candela Audible NAG Or. DSM#1 Note: Figure FROM TONE%T5 PREOEOING} } nc Strobe NAG Cir, y E E * shows intercon- APPLIANCE APPLIANCE . OR EOLR F nection to strobe OR VOICE EVACUATION Audible NAC Cir DSM #2 through sync NEXT E F NEL — — — — — — } Strobe NAC Cir Sync E E module. Speaker _ —) r STORO + PPELEOING _ - OR — C "+ portion requires 2 STROBE svnc - — T1 f DOLR MODULE, An cle NAG Ci DSM #3 separate CondllC- POWER SUPPLY on P sy+c Strobe NAC Or. E E tors to FACP. FACP X 15/30/75/110 SPEAKER DSM Interconnecting wiring shown. Maximum of STROBE Mont 20) ER STROBE APPLIANCES SERIES E SPEAKER STROBE APPLIANCES 8, RSS WITH DSM MODULE SINGLE STROBES SYNCHRONIZED WITH PS -12124 -BCP and - PS-12I24.8MPSeees PS -1024 -OMP Q,U DSM X X X E * 0 E70 -241575W -FR E X SYNC ITOUTPUTS X 15 (75 on Axis) ass EOLR 'our,FN TNAC t-4 E 4 -CLASS .IN, A® s..MINUst - X 15(75on Axis) eR E X +AuOIRLE CN -CLASS •A' X MINU52 P® X E70 -241575W -FN ♦IN2 X - X BE ♦CUT2 - E Rss C X X X CIRCUIT X Series PSFUw24-8MP 7866 RETURN X - - For wiring information on the PS -24-81111C power supply, please refer to Data Sheet;;bUUUU. # For detail using SM or DSM Sync Module referto Data Sheet S3000 or Installation Instructions P83123 for SM and P83177 for DSM. For wiring information on the power supplies refer to Installation Instructions P84662. i S fications and Ordering Information pec Model order Code Wall Mount CeilingSM, Mount Strobe Sync w/ DSM or PS-24-8MC Strobe Candela Model Color RED Model Color While Model Color Nickel Mounting Op - tions Agency Approvals UL MEA CSFM FM BFP E70-24MCW-FR 9022 X - X 15/30/75/110 X E70-24MCW-FW 9023 X - X 15/30/75/110 E70-24MCW-FN 3D99 X - X 15/30/75/110 - - X Q,U X X X X X E70 -241575W -FR 7871 X - X 15 (75 on Axis) E70 -241575W -FW 7876 X - X 15(75on Axis) - X - L,O,P,Q,R,U,Y X X X X X E70 -241575W -FN 3100 X - X 15 (75 on Axis) - - X L,O,P,Q,R,U,Y X X X X X E70 -R 7866 X X - - X - - Q,U X X X X X E70 -W 7868 X X - - - X - Q,U X X X X X E70 -N 3108 X X - - - - X Q,U X X X X X E70-24MCWH-FR 3470 X - X 135/185 X - - L,O,P,Q,R,W X X X X E70-24MCWH-FW 3474 X - X 135/185 - X - L,O,P,Q,R,U,Y E70-24MCWH-FN 0059 X - X 135/185 - - X Q,U X X X X E90-24MCC-FW 3166 - X X 15/30!75/95 - X - Q,U,V X X X X ' E90-24MCC-FR 3165 - X X 15/30/75/95 X - - Q,U,V X X X X E90-24MCC-FN 3185 - X X 15/30/75/95 - - X Q,U,V X X X X E90 -W 7869 X X E90 -R 7867 X X E90 -N 3109 E90-24MCCH-FW 3471 - X X 115/177 - X - Q,U,V X X X X ' E90-24MCCH-FR 3481 - X X 115/177 X - - Q,U,V X X X X ' E90-24MCCH-FN 0062 - X X115/177 - - X Q,U,V X X X X VENUINU +s r�: .. o..e ifira SnnA ♦14111L VW u•�--••�.. The speaker appliances shall be Wheelock Series E. Speakers and the speaker strobe appliances shall be Wheelock Series E Speaker Strobes or approved equals. The speakers shall be UL Listed under Standard 1480 for Fire Protective Service and -speakers equipped with strobes shall be listed under UL Standard 1971 for Emergency Devices for the Hearing -Impaired. In addition, the strobes shall be certified to meet the requirements of FCC Part 15, Class B. All speakers shall be designed for a field selectable input of either 25 or 70 VRMS, with selectable power taps from 1/8 watt to 2 watts. All models shall have listed sound output of up to 87 dB at 10 feet and a listed frequency response of 400 to 4000 Hz. The speaker shall also incorporate a sealed back construction. All inputs shall employ terminals that accept #12 to #18 AWG wire sizes. The strobe portion of the appliance shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged Lexan® lens. The strobe shall be of low current design. Where Multi -Candela Speaker Strobes are specified, the strobe intensity shall have field selectable settings and shall be rated per UL Standard 1971 at 15/30/75/110cd or 135/185cd for wall mount and 15/30/75/95cd or 115/177cd for ceiling mount. The selector switch for selecting the candela shall be tamper resistant. The 1575 candela strobe shall be specified when 15 candela UL Standard 1971 Listing with 75 candela on -axis is required (e.g. ADA compliance). When synchronization is required, the strobe portion of the appliance shall be compatible with Wheelock SM, DSM sync modules or Wheelock PS -24 power supply with built-in Patented Sync Protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. If the sync module or Power Supply fails to operate, (i.e., contacts remain closed), the strobe shall revert to anon - synchronized flash rate. The speaker and speaker strobe appliances shall be designed for indoor surface or flush mounting. The speaker and speaker strobe shall incorporate a speaker mounting plate with a grille ..over which is secured with two screws for a level, aesthetic finish and shall mount to standard electrical hardware requiring no additional trimplate or adapter. The finish of the Series E speakers and strobe speakers shall be white, red, or nickel plate. All speaker and speaker strobe appliances shall be backward compatible. 273 Branchport Avenue Long Branch, NJ 07740 Phone: (800) 631-2148 Fax: (732)222-2588 www.cooperwheelock. com WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION 3 YEAR WARRANTY Made in USA 51610 E701E90 03/07 COOPER Wheelock Series S 8" Ceiling Speakers and Speaker Strobes Description The Wheelock Series S Speakers and Speaker Strobes are de- signed for high efficiency sound output, with dual voltage (25/70 VRMS) capability and field selectable taps from 1/8 to 8 watts. The Series S Speaker Strobe models incorporate the Low Current draw Series RSS Strobes. Strobe options for ceiling mount models include Wheelock patented MCC multi -candela ceiling strobe with field selectable intensities of 15/30/75/95cd or the high intensity MCCH strobe with field selectable 115/177cd. Series 8 Speakers and Speaker Strobes provide high audio output with clear audibility and are designed to meet the critical needs of the life safety industry for effective emergency voice communications, tone signaling and visible signaling to alert the hearing impaired. The strobe portion of all Series S Speaker Strobes may be synchronized when used in conjunction with the Wheelock SM, DSM Sync Modules or Wheelock PS-24-8MC Power Supplies with Patented Sync Protocol. Wheelock synchronized strobes offer an easy way to comply with ADA recommendations concerning photosensitive epilepsy. Series S Speaker Strobes are UL Listed for indoor use under Standard 1971 (Signaling Devices for the Hearing -Impaired) and Standard 1480 (Speaker Appliances), and use a Xenon flashtube with solid state circuitry enclosed in a rugged Lexan® lens to provide maximum reliability for effective visual signaling. All inputs are supervised and employ IN/OUTwiring terminals for fast installation using #12 to #18AWG wiring. The Series S, 8" Ceiling Speakers and Speaker Strobes are available in three configurations: SB -70/25 - Dual Voltage, multi -tap speaker S8-24MCC - Speaker strobe with field selectable settings of 15/30/75/95cd SS-24MCCH -Speaker strobe with field selectable candela settings of 115/117cd DL M.; FM wEA APPROVED 55391 151-92-E 7320-0785:164 r y� Txa,.'zaa5'v All,"` SERIES S-24MCC SERIES S Speaker Strobe Speaker Features • Approvals include: UL Standard 1971, UL Standard 1480, California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) and MEA (See approvals by model number under Specification and Ordering Information) ADA/NFPA/ANSI compliant Complies with OSHA 29 Part 1910.165 Ceiling mount models are available with field selectable candela settings of 15/30/75/95cd or 115/177cd (Multi - candela models) Strobes produce 1 flash per second over the regulated voltage range 24 VDC with wide UL "Regulated Voltage" using filtered DC or unfiltered VRMS input voltage Synchronize with Wheelock SM, DSM or Wheelock PS- 12/24-8CP and PS-12/24-8MP Power Supply with built-in sync protocol • Field selectable taps for 25 or 70 VRMS operation from 1/8 watt up to 8 watts High efficiency design for maximum output at minimum wattage across a frequency range of 400 to 4000 HZ Fast installation with IN/OUT screw terminals using #12 to #18 AWG wires Frequency Response: 200Hz-15kHz 400Hz-4kHz (U L) Magnet weight: 9.5 oz. Speaker impedance: 8 ohms Round metal 12" grille, with white powder coated finish Compatible with DC circuit supervision Applications: • Use with SP40/2 Multi -Function Audio Supervised System • Provides for audio quality background music NOTE: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol A. All warnings are printed in bold capital letters. A WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYING THISPRODUCL VISIT.WWW.COOPERWHEELOCK.COM OR CONTACT COOPER WHEELOCK FOR THE CURRENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS -OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION AND/OR - OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU AND/OR OTHERS. General Notes: • Strobes are designed to flash al 1 flash per second minimum over their "Regulated Voltage Range'. Note that NFPA-72 specifies a dash rate of 1 to 2 flashes per second and ADA Guidelines specify a flash rate of 1 to 3 flashes per second. All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL Standard 1971. • Series NS Strobe products are listed under UL Standard 1971 for indoor use with a temperature range of 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49"C) and maximum humidity of 93% (± 2%) Series NH horns are listed under UL Standard 464 for audible signal appliances (Indoor use only). • "Regulated Voltage Range" is the newest terminology used by UL to identify the voltage range: Prior to this change UL used the terminology "Listed Voltage Range". f' n and Ordering Information ,Nverfica fo L 971 CSFM MEA /A X X X MXN/A X Speaker Strobe X X X Strobe Voltage (VRMS) dBA@ 10 Feet (Rated Watts) Regulated Voltage VDC/FWR Voltage Range VDCIRMS Candela Average RMS Current 24MCC Model Number Order Code 24MCCH '/e '/a '/i 1 2 4 8 15cd 30cd 75cd 95cd 115cd 177cd S8-70/25 0052 25/70 75 78 81 84 87 90 93 - - - 24 VDC 0.045 0.070 0.119 0.159 0.195 0.270 58-24MCC 0054 25/70 75 78 87 84 87 90 93 24 16.0-33.0 15/30/75/95 S8-24MCCH 0056 1 25/70 1 75 178181 84 871901931 24 16.0-33.0 115/177 UL Max' .0.065 0.105 0.189 0.249 0.300 0.420 CBB-8 3314 UL Listed Circular Backbox for 8" Speakers * RMS current ratings are per UL average RMS method. UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v for 24v units). For strobes, the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16v for 24v units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33v for 24v units). For unfiltered FWR ratings, see installation instructions. Note: In order to maintain proper UL 1480 listing, the CBB-8 Speaker Back Box (available separately) or other UL approved back box must be installed. L 971 CSFM MEA /A X X X MXN/A X X X X X /A Pending Pending * RMS current ratings are per UL average RMS method. UL max current rating is the maximum RMS current within the listed voltage range (16-33v for 24v units). For strobes, the UL max current is usually at the minimum listed voltage (16v for 24v units). For audibles the max current is usually at the maximum listed voltage (33v for 24v units). For unfiltered FWR ratings, see installation instructions. Note: In order to maintain proper UL 1480 listing, the CBB-8 Speaker Back Box (available separately) or other UL approved back box must be installed. Wiring Diagrams" SERIES S SPEAKER 8 STROBE OPERATE - SERIES S SPEAKER STROBES SYNCHRONIZED INDEPENDENTLY (NON -SYNC OR SYNC) :.,.. Audible NAC Cir DSM #1 �I Wiring Diagrams" SERIES S SPEAKER 8 STROBE OPERATE - SERIES S SPEAKER STROBES SYNCHRONIZED INDEPENDENTLY (NON -SYNC OR SYNC) WITH MULTIPLE DSM MODULES Audible NAC Cir DSM #1 FROM 'rO NEXI' PRECEDING} + APPLIANCE Strobe NAC Cir. Sy^0 E S APPLIANCE . - OR COUP Fi `- ± OR VOICE DSM 42 Note: Figure shows g EVACUATION TO NEXT ^ ArdibIr NAC r A interconnection to PANEL PRFA1 - —) — — — — — i- STROBE Strube NACCI. SY^r s s + (— rul:ci: DING. _ _ _ — C,� + strobe through sync 11111AW SYN, - — I r — FOUR .r DSM 03 NAL module. Speaker E MODULM(NULC. PO SIiPPLY AndiFle. SY'rr 5 portion requires 2 OR FACP -F - m t - ScrnM1e NAC Ci . B - separate conduc- STROBE SPEAKER DSNI Interconnecting wiring shown. Maximum of tors to FACP. twenty (20) SERIES S SPEAKER STROBE APPLIANCES SERIES S SPEAKER STROBE APPLIANCES & RSS SYNCHRONIZED WITH DSM MODULE SINGLE STROBES SYNCHRONIZED WITH PS-24-8MC CLASS "A" Series PS -12/24 -BMP DSM PS -12/24 SCP STROBE NAC SYNC CIRCUIT Du'r OU'IYUTS usv ROLA -4 F NN I s s s 4 -CLASS R MINUS 1 A OR 5 TOUT ALASS DDIRL C 2-cA''A'MINUS 2 TOINr.DUTz NAC S ItSS CIRCUIT RETURN Series P8-12/24-81,1 "For details on using SM or DSM Sync Modules refer to Data Sheet 53000 or Installation Instructions PS3123 for SM and P83177 far DSM. For wiring information on the power supplies refer to Installation Instructions P84662 for PS-24-8MC power supply. Cnarifications Series S 8" UL listed ceiling speakers and speaker strobes specifications: The series S8 eight -inch supervisedUL Standard 1480 Listed Ceiling speaker shall be mounted to round metal 12" grille, with a white powder coated finish, designed for indoor use. The speaker shall have a dual voltage transformer (25170V) with jumper selectable +/g, %, %, 1, 2, 4, 8 wattage taps. The frequency response shall be 200Hz 15kHz, per UL Standard 1480 shall be 400Hz 4kHz. The sensitivity shall be 93 dBA @ 10 feet with 8 watts of source power, 90 dBA @ 10 feet with 4 watts of source power, 87 dBA @ 10 feet with 2 watts of source power, 84 dBA @ 10 feet with 1 watts of source power, 81 dBA @ 10 feet with 1/2 watt of source power, 78 dBA @ 10 feet with 1/4 watt of source power, 75 dBA @ 10 feet with 1/8 watt of source power. The magnet weight shall be 9.5 ounces. The speaker impedance shall be 8 ohms. The Speaker Strobe versions shall be Wheelock Series RSS Strobe Appliances or approved equals. The Series RSS shall meet and be listed for UL Standard 1971 (Emergency Devices for the Hearing -Impaired) for Indoor Fire Protection Service. The strobe shall be listed for indoor use and shall meet the requirements of FCC Part 15 Class B. The strobe appliances shall produce a flash rate of one (1) flash per second over the Regulated Voltage Range and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube enclosed in a rugged Lexan®lens. All inputs shall be compatible with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). The Series RSS Strobe shall be of low current design. The strobe intensity shall have field selectable settings and shall berated per UL Standard 1971 at 15/30175/95cd or 115M77cd. When synchronization is required, the appliance shall be compatible with Wheelock's SM, DSM Sync Modules or Wheelock's PS-12/24- 8CP and PS-12/24-8MP Power Supply with built-in Patented Wheelock Sync Protocol. The strobes shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. If the sync module or Power Supply fails to operate, (i.e., contacts remain closed), the strobe shall revert to a non -synchronized flash rate. The strobes shall be designed for indoor surface of flush mounting. NOTE: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Wheelock Inc. standard terms and conditions. 273 Branchport Avenue Long Branch, NJ 07740 Phone: (800) 631-2148 Fax: (732) 222-2588 www. Coope rwh eelo ck. com WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION 3 YEAR WARRANTY Made in USA S1100 S 8" 06/06 go C®®PER Wheelock Weatherproof Appliances - Series AH Audibles, AS Audible Strobes, MT Multitone Strobes, RSS Strobes and ET70 Speaker Strobes and Weatherproof Mounting Accessories Description: Designed for life safety, performance and reliability, Cooper Wheelock's cost effective weatherpoof notification appliances include: Weatherproof Appliances Series Strobes RSSWP Horn Strobes ASWP Horns AH-24WP, AH-12WP Multitone Horn Strobes MTWP Multitone Horns MT Speaker Strobes ET70WP Speakers ET -1010 All strobe models are UL dual listed - meeting both UL1638 and UL1971 requirements. As dual listed appliances, these weatherproof strobes, horn strobes and speaker strobes are listed for outdoor applications under UL 1638 as well as under UL 1971, the Standard for Safety Signaling Devices for Hearing Impaired. With an extended temperature range of —31*F to 150'F (-40'C to 66•C), Wheelock weatherproof appliances meet or exceed UL outdoor test requirements for rain, humidity and corrosion resistance while providing multiple strobe intensity options, including the highest strobe ratings available for area coverage per NFPA 72 strobe spacing tables (up to 185 candela forwall mounting and 177 candela for ceiling mounting). To enable weatherproof mounting, Cooper -Wheelock provides the industry's widest choice of mounting options for surface or unique semi -flush installation. Models are available for surface mounting to Wheelock weatherproof backboxes on walls or ceilings. The optional WP -KIT allows the weatherproof backboxes (1013, WPBB or WPSBB) to be mounted to a recessed electrical box for concealed conduit installation. For semi -flush installation, the WPA and WFPA kits allow a customer to mount the weatherproof appliances to a recessed electrical box without the need for an external weatherproof backbox. See the Backboxes, Plates and Gaskets Table on page three of this document for a summarization of these mounting options and the required accessories, Ciff _ APPROVED E5946 151-92-E 7125 07135:131 (ASWP) . y; 55391 7125-0785:146 (ET70WP) 52652 7125-0785: 156 (MTWP) »nn-n7s4154 (PoSWP) v When used in conjunction with Wheelock PS-24-8MC Power Supplies or SM/DSM Sync Modules, the Wheelock weatherproof appliances can be synchronized to meet NFPA 72 synchronization requirements. The horn outputofhorn strobes can be independently controlled on 2 -wire circuits using the Wheelock patented sync protocol. MTWP horn strobe models are 4 -wire appliances; the strobes can be synchronized while the audible can be connected to a coded fire alarm system or can be set to produce any of eight selectable tones. Features: • Approvals include: UL Standards 1971, 1638, 464 and 1480 California State Fire Marshal (CSFM) and New York City (MEA), Factory Mutual (FM) and Chicago (BFP) . See agency approvals by model number on page two of this document • Compliance with the following requirements: NFPA, UFC, ANSI 117.1, OSHA Part 29, 1910.165, ADA • Weatherproof with extended temperature range of -40•F to 150'F (-40'C to 66•C)* • Dual Listed strobe models (UL 1638 and UL 1971) Industry's highest strobe candela options • Synchronization capability using Series SM, DSM Synch Modules (MTWP and MT -12124 audible is non -sync) • Models with field selectable tone, dBA and candela settings • Wall or ceiling mounting options • Surface of semi -flush mounting • IN/OUT wiring termination accepting two #12-18 AWG wires at each terminal 'The series RSSWP,ASWP, MTWP and ET70WP have UL approval down to -40°F. The AH-24WP, MT -12124 and the ET -1010 have been ULC tested and approved to -40°F, but not submitted to UL. The AH-12WP has UINLC approval to -31°F. NOTE: All CAUTIONS and WARNINGS are identified by the symbol A. All warnings are printed in bold capital letters. A WARNING: PLEASE READ THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND ASSOCIATED INSTALLATIONINSTRUCTIONSCAREFULLY BEFORE USING, SPECIFYING OR APPLYINGTHIS PRODUCT. VISIT W W W.COOPERWHFELOCK.COM OR CONTACT COOPER WHEELOCK FOR THE CURRENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS, CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS COULD RESULT IN IMPROPER APPLICATION, INSTALLATION ANDIOR OPERATION OF THESE PRODUCTS IN AN EMERGENCY SITUATION, WHICH COULD RESULT IN PROPERTY DAMAGE, AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO YOU ANDIOR OTHERS. General Notes: • Strobes are designed to (lash at 1 flash per second minimum over their UL Listed Regulated Voltage Range. All candela ratings represent minimum effective Strobe intensity based on UL Standards 1971 and 1638 as indicated in candela ratings table. Strobe Order Code Strobe 9013 RSSWP-2475C-FR Red 3034 RSSWP-2475C-FW White 5161 RSSWP-24MCCH-FR Red 5165 RSSWP-24MCCH-FWWhite Audible Strobe 9012 ASWP-2475C-FR Red 5137 ASP -2475C -FW While 5140 ASWP-24MCCH-FR Red ASWP-24MCCH-FW White 8420 Multi -tone Strobe 3112 MTWP-2475C-FR Red 5132 MTWP-2475C-FWW White 5134 MTP-24MCCH-FR Red MTWP-24MCCH-FW White 9077 Speaker Strobe 3179 ET70WP-2475C-FR Red 4885 ET70WP-2475C-FW White High (99) dBA RSSWP-2475W-FR Red RSSWP-2475W-FW White RSSWP-24MCWH-FR Red RSSWP-24MCWH-FW White Audible Strobe 4845 ASWP-2475W-FR Red ASWP-24MCHW-FR Red ASWP-24MCWH-FW White Multi -tone Strobe 4859 MTWP-2475W-FR Red MTWP-2475W-FW White MTWP-24MCWH-FR Red MTWP-24MCWH-FW White Whit Speaker Strobe X ET70WP-2475W-FR Red ET70VVP-2475W-FW White Whit ET70WP-24185W-FR Red White ET70WP-24185W-FW Whit 4891 Order Code 4338 4446 5167 5187 4251 4502 5149 5157 4457 4478 5102 5122 Wall or Ceiling Mount MT it ET -1010 Audible AH-24WP-R AH-12WP-R Horn MT -12124-R Speaker ET -1010-R ET -1010-W 8 AH Order Code Red 7416 Red 7415 Red 5023 Red 3135 White 3137 UL Max. Current AH 24 VOC 12 VDC High (99) dBA 0.080 0.192 Med (95) dBA 0.043 0.108 Low (90) dBA 0.021 0.058 8 4845 ET -1010 77 80 83 86 87 92 94 4859 ET70WP 78 81 84 187 1901931 95 X X X X X ASWP-MCWH X ' 4891 ET70WP-24177C-FR Red X ET70WP-24177C-FW White Order Code 4338 4446 5167 5187 4251 4502 5149 5157 4457 4478 5102 5122 Wall or Ceiling Mount MT it ET -1010 Audible AH-24WP-R AH-12WP-R Horn MT -12124-R Speaker ET -1010-R ET -1010-W 8 AH Order Code Red 7416 Red 7415 Red 5023 Red 3135 White 3137 UL Max. Current AH 24 VOC 12 VDC High (99) dBA 0.080 0.192 Med (95) dBA 0.043 0.108 Low (90) dBA 0.021 0.058 4452 4454 UL Reverberant TAR 10 Feet Agency Approvals atts 118 114 112 1 2 4 8 4845 ET -1010 77 80 83 86 87 92 94 4859 ET70WP 78 81 84 187 1901931 95 Candela Ratings UL 1971 UL163B UL1638 RSS, ET70WP and ASWP aeries @ 32°- MTWP UL Max Current @7F @- 40°F Strobe On] High Med Low 120°F 2475 30 180 115 0.138 0.168 0.155 0.150 135 135 65 0.300 0.355 0.340 0.335 MCWH 185 185 90 0.420 0.480 0.465 0.460 115 115 50 0.300 0.355 0.340 0.335 MCCH 177 177 75 0.420 0.480 0.465 0.460 24185 185 185 90 0.420 94177 177 1 177 1 75 0.420 V Model Number Agency Approvals Strobe UL MEA CSFM FM BFP RSSWP-2475 X X X I X RSSWP-24MCWH X ' RSSWP-24MCCH X Audible Strobe ASWP-2475 X X X X X ASWP-MCWH X ' ASWP-MCCH X ' Multitone Strobe MTWP-2475 X X X X MTWP-MCWH X ' MTWP-MCCH X ' HornslAudibles AH-24WP X X X X AH-12WP X X X - X MT -12124 X X X X X Speaker Strobe ET70WP-2475 X X X ' ET70WP-185 X ET70WP-177 X ' *Pending Mounting Accessories WFP WFPA Gasket Kit WP -KIT Flush Plates WFPA-R WFPA-W WFP-R WFP-W Backboxes 10B -R 10B -W WPSBB-R WPSBB-W WPBB-R WPBB-W WBB-R WBB-W Wiring Diagrams Order Code 4486 Red 4698 White 4701 Red 4696 While 4697 Red 5046 White 5047 Red 9751 White 3033 Red 9014 White 4692 Red 2959 White 2960 p'a 3 10B WPSBB WPBB WBB Mounting Options: lates, Gasket Kits ount Flush Mount oncealed Conduit RSSWP Strobes ET70WP Speaker StrobesIOB+ PSBB+ WP -KIT WP -KIT VWF3B WFP WFP ASWP Horn Strobes PBB+ WP -KIT WFPA AHWP Horns - WFP ET -1010 Speakers - WFP MTWP Multitone Horn Strobes JOB IOB + WP -KIT WFP Multitone Horn 10B IOB+ WP -KIT WFP SERIES MTWP AUDIBLE APPLIANCE AND STROBE OPERATE IN UNISON- RED AND BLACK SHUNT -WIRES ARE SUPPLIED. _CEDING + ILIANCE FACP + TO NEXT APPLIANCE OR EOLR SERIES RSSWP, ASWP, AHWP, MTWP AND MT -12/24 APPLIANCES FROM + TO NEXT PRECEDING + _ APPLIANCE APPLIANCE OR OR EOLR FACP SERIES MTWP APPLIANCES SYNCHRONIZED STROBE OPERATION WITH CODED FACP MTWP eEJ;c oAudible Circuli Noe: Strobe circuit requires constant voltage. SERIES RSSWP/ASWP APPLIANCES SYNCHRONIZED W/ DSM MODULE SINGLE CLASS "A" NAC CIRCUIT DSM STROeEH + NACH SYNC" CIRCUIT® +.UTI® 6+IN 1N RSSR i +AUDIBLEN MINUS a +INs RSSN RSSN +OUT3N CIRCUIT RETURNN Note: Models are available in Red or White. Contact Customer Service for Order Code and Delivery. #Refer to Data Sheet 57000 for Mounting Options ". NOTE: Due to continuous development of our products, specifications and offerings are subject to change without notice in accordance with Wheelock Inc. standard terms and conditions. .� rur_rn�❑coc cPrr1r1CAT1ONS General Weatherproof notification appliances shall be UL listed for outdoor use. Weatherproof Strobe appliances shall be listed underULStandard 1638 (Standard for Visual Signaling Appliances) for Indoor/Outdoor use and UL Standard 1971 (Standard for Safety8ignaling Devices for Hearing Impaired). The appliances shall be available for optional wall mounting or ceiling mounting to weatherproof backboxes using either exposed conduit or concealed conduit, or semi -flush mounting to a recessed electrical box in walls or ceilings using Wheelock mounting accessories. Weatherproof Strobes Weatherproof Strobe appliances shall produce a minimum flash rate of 60 flashes per minute over the UL Regulated Voltage Range of 16 to 33 VDC and shall incorporate a Xenon flashtube. The weatherproof strobes shall be available with UL 1971 candela ratings up to 185 cd for wall mounting and 177 cd for ceiling mounting. UL 1638 candela ratings up to 180 cd at 77°F shall be available. The strobes shall operate over an extended temperature range of —40°F to 150°F (-40°C to 66°C) and be listed for maximum humidity of 95% RH. Strobe inputs shall be polarized for compatibility with standard reverse polarity supervision of circuit wiring by a Fire Alarm Control Panel IFACP). WeatherproofAudibles and Audible/Strobe Combinations Weatherproof horns and multitone audibles shall be listed for Indoor/Outdoor use under UL Standard 464. The horns shall be able to produce a continuous output or a temporal code -3 outputthat can be synchronized. TO Multitone audibles shall be able to produce 8 distinct tones selectable by dip switch and shall have at least 2 sound level settings. Multitone Audible/Strobe combinations shall have independent inputs for the audible and strobe. The strobes shall be able to be synchronized. The audibles shall be able to be coded when operated on a separate NAC. Weatherproof Speakers and Speaker/Strobes Weatherproof speakers and speaker/strobes shall be listed for Indoor/Outdoor use under UL Standard 1480. All speakers shall provide field selectable taps for 1/8W to 8W operation for either 25 VRMS or 70 VRMS audio systems and shall incorporate a sealed back construction for extra protection and improved audibility. Speakers without strobes shall be Wheelock Series ET -1010. They shall be listed to produce up to 94 dBA and shall incorporate a vandal resistant grille design. Speaker with strobes shall be Wheelock Series ET70WP. They shall be available for surface or semi -flush mounting to walls or ceilings and shall be listed to produce up to 93 dBA. Synchronization Modules When synchronization of strobes or temporal code -3 audibles is required, the appliances shall be compatible with the Wheelock Series SM and DSM Sync Modules or the Wheelock PS -24 -BMC Power Supply with built-in, patented sync protocol. The strobes and audibles shall not drift out of synchronization at any time during operation. Series ASWP audibles and strobes shall be able to be synchronized on a 2 -wire circuit with the ability to silence the audible if required. The strobes on Series MT multitone audible/strobe appliances shall be able to be synchronized and shall be able to be operated on a separate circuit from the audibles while the audible circuit is connected to a coded or continuous NAC. Weatherproof Mounting Accessories Weatherproof mounting options shall include surface mounting or semi -flush mounting to walls or ceilings. Surface mounted appliances shall mount to Wheelock IOD, WBB, WPBB or WPSBB weatherproof backboxes using either exposed conduit or concealed conduit. For concealed conduit the weatherproof backbox shall be mounted to a recessed electrical box with Wheelock's WP -KIT to provide a weatherproof seal for the electrical box. Semi -flush mounted appliances shall mount to a recessed electrical box using Wheelock WFP or WFPA flush plates to provide a weatherproof seal between the electrical box and the appliance. 273 Branchport Avenue Long Branch, NJ 07740 Phone: (800)631-2148 Fax: (732) 222-2588 www.coopemheelock.com r1mimn WE ENCOURAGE AND SUPPORT NICET CERTIFICATION 3 YEAR WARRANTY Made in USA S9004 WP 03/07 wheeJoc MC. 273 Brnnctll)ort Avennc Long Branch, NJ 07740 18(10) ill ,t loeldne Com Thank yorr.for using our products. Avoij.li ]Cl . INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SERIES E1170'13'P LO'vi' PROFILE WEA IVERPROOF SPEAKER S'T'ROBE APPLIANCE Y,'se Nris prndnct nccnrding to oris ins(racvon nunnud Ytease krep r1+is innractiwr rnnarmF fr�r,i}prna rejrrrnoe. GENERAL: RAL:' Whc lock s Berns I T70w1' Ipie prof l, Spedk r Strobe appliance i kil, In1d and r' Standard 1673 (Veud signaling Appliances) 1 r urcioor.'outdnw usn vi" 17ct-etive Service mut t!i. sandarcl 1480 for SL cakcr Apphan es. llre grobe has a -15 caudcle ur rushy on axis at -35'c and lou current draw. far outdo" appheations the 1. Itoi'p roust be mnurned w a R ablerproof ilackbox (1013) 1 he arc desi recd tot multipte poster regniruneritc wide hiutr dl3rr e u1pu1 aleach power orp. rho, model offers a ohowe of field selectable taps, UM' to RW for edfor 250MMS or 0.OA RA4S audio systems, the loa profile design meorpor des a high ef(rciancy speaker I'or nnisioum aatput at Dillimum poser acrim a Frequently wuige or A00liz to 4000fle. and f'eanses a sealed back consinalikal lot extra protection and improved audibility. Tire tow prof tic speaker Strobe can provide a non ayrmhrarned strobe appliance when connected directly it) a lire alarm con4ol panel (FAC:I'). or prOndeas}mehroarrad strobe appliance wlaco used incmipmcuon with a Sync Module (SM), Dual Sync Module (I)SW), or Wheelock power ayrplies, file Strobes tae a Near.... tlashtabe with solid state errcurtry cnclosed in apulycarhonate tells to provide rotational visibility and reliability for effective vrxfbic signature, FAFI AR�YFN{ IFI ASli 12F AU 'f11L'+1 INSt1iFK p1OVS CAREFULLY, IRlt 'To tOMPI.N WII11 ANY OF llfIFOLLOWING s Vi INSTRUCTIONS (A117'IONS AND A1',1RNINIS 4Ot 1IF-SAWT IN IMPROPER Al'IP1CAFION, A(II AIA -MON' ANIv11'ROPF, i)Ir Atli ['O TAlsP.PRODbC PS Iri ATN' F.:Itti HGI:NCk rel I t, a'.110ti, YOU ANDIOR OTICk RS. f\ CAU"PION: NOT Itti<=OIAtYtt;`iDl`.D YOR 0.5L A"f 12E:{•72IGLd2A1'OR91lO RZE'R OOOIi k:N'I72e4Nz,'E$OR OI'Hl li AItI3riS N41TI YhI7S9S'FENI' C;ONDENSATION'S. SPE( aFWA LIONS; NOTES: L Sa be will produce l flash pu'scesau trot ilio `Regulalnd L"ohafc range. All models are U 1 ialcdhr uidooi and tnadoor tksc with a temp er unre range o 31 I k. t 150"F (-35-C to-K>6`C) and moximiun btunidrt; of 95% Rif. The enact ofsltippui_ and An age tetuperattrcc shall not adversely all pct the perlormncc of the appliance when it is stored in the ma5ilial dub ens and is nod salIccu.d to misuse er abu e. 3. "`'etc mrxnr um sole ision voltage. it, 3.d ,At, DC A. I'raprcney raa(gc tdsncakurs is d00 h)l101ir. dBA u; rated per ll.Seurtkrd 1480 fn Speaker Applettecs.. 1 (.i{iTlt.)\ \Itias opo rl�al dt(>altlpllll4t'lllli SpJtlf'LrS N'lihiR dit V'4'!)CClfk:[1 nLFin1�6 114E lV mp[tl trlaV({15U)R SOURd IIt \hty ll[Id it dmlaee ililrltt! ✓.pulpnerd. Uo not exceed 100%0) p..ir:er input e tlrnge Pul LL 141) hnpr qxr input vultabe "'i d'rrragi speaker. IPdivt. iron a Imaid_ check Iorclippng of die L11.1111 appliance with all (acilloscopo a'nd red ice the amplifier npullevel Organ level to dirmnal- any cbppnrg_ ratite 2.' Strnb, Caries! Ratings MAMI) Nmel tan R\IS Current IJL Vona_Q 249= DC ', If-3iVDC' �'i38 FVdR 16-33VIO S 0.222 Whrn cal<nlatbrg rhe oast can als nae 1'nbte 2 to de•cntuhve tiic hr},licst value of lL'-vtS purr of barter er individual .rrobc thou nm(riply thesst. nus by the total nymb r of srobos 13C sure ie add the cur nC, f"r any other appiinueu;, ineludin anrhblc sgaraling app.rances pore ercd 14 the 'care" source, and to mdnde any w0r .mel ,afety altos. .TYPE: Ib, mnxiinnln number of Arobes un a movie "'tiAcation appliance Snail sha11 not exceed W. I .ulaled.- ( A137f )N lTcao strob t as i, l est J i s (Lc alit rl Ihgr al, tenanted 6o be ua J t rh LACI wkicz nonfic rerun cd to b are L s I bl itis Iia 11"'e appliances shell not t e use I nn UL 1 istef - special Apple etion' "'Mificu4ret ebnne !"'ill the appliall .ec are Idrutil to be court alibi- in the msgrllmron insn'udions rel, the FRCP orwiiess ihe1.4CI is idwllric9 in Tie annpaWile m Elia nrvucuun suaouil. A•vv.kRNp.6. tIICS1iSII1013E:S 414?Itt [75917) 10 f IIL REGI LAI L D VOCI AGE I.Fill is O 1103"iAV01 "1S 1'01234Y '110U79.S FSIAL: 1 [I.IlFRED DC OR IINi IT I1 RED IT'LL R'AI 1'.-REC,.t ll•It,�VOF'I k(;F. ])ONO'] APPLY I01.1A(;E OC7'SIB7 OF IIlls RANGE, ('l"w lghl 2D05 vv'h elock,hvcAll Aghls sson'r I Tk. P84149 11 tihccl I of 4 Vohane 7hbterc UL fisred:uodels and Speaker Rev lveranl dlIA at 19 Feei Rain s sou be kesularsd Voltage Regulated Rated strobe ladel (VRAAS) (Rated Waus) iM (VDC;VRS) \ologe Range call ela(ed) (VDCIi'Ii,A9S) 1l2 1 2 4 3 25°C -35'C. Ts'f70WF-2d�5W Y5r70 37 80 83 86 88 93 Y3 ;R ]C-33.0 130 15 1,11'70 P- 475C 2S,10 a7 30 R., 86- K8 91 03 24 16.33.0_ 180 75 NOTES: L Sa be will produce l flash pu'scesau trot ilio `Regulalnd L"ohafc range. All models are U 1 ialcdhr uidooi and tnadoor tksc with a temp er unre range o 31 I k. t 150"F (-35-C to-K>6`C) and moximiun btunidrt; of 95% Rif. The enact ofsltippui_ and An age tetuperattrcc shall not adversely all pct the perlormncc of the appliance when it is stored in the ma5ilial dub ens and is nod salIccu.d to misuse er abu e. 3. "`'etc mrxnr um sole ision voltage. it, 3.d ,At, DC A. I'raprcney raa(gc tdsncakurs is d00 h)l101ir. dBA u; rated per ll.Seurtkrd 1480 fn Speaker Applettecs.. 1 (.i{iTlt.)\ \Itias opo rl�al dt(>altlpllll4t'lllli SpJtlf'LrS N'lihiR dit V'4'!)CClfk:[1 nLFin1�6 114E lV mp[tl trlaV({15U)R SOURd IIt \hty ll[Id it dmlaee ililrltt! ✓.pulpnerd. Uo not exceed 100%0) p..ir:er input e tlrnge Pul LL 141) hnpr qxr input vultabe "'i d'rrragi speaker. IPdivt. iron a Imaid_ check Iorclippng of die L11.1111 appliance with all (acilloscopo a'nd red ice the amplifier npullevel Organ level to dirmnal- any cbppnrg_ ratite 2.' Strnb, Caries! Ratings MAMI) Nmel tan R\IS Current IJL Vona_Q 249= DC ', If-3iVDC' �'i38 FVdR 16-33VIO S 0.222 Whrn cal<nlatbrg rhe oast can als nae 1'nbte 2 to de•cntuhve tiic hr},licst value of lL'-vtS purr of barter er individual .rrobc thou nm(riply thesst. nus by the total nymb r of srobos 13C sure ie add the cur nC, f"r any other appiinueu;, ineludin anrhblc sgaraling app.rances pore ercd 14 the 'care" source, and to mdnde any w0r .mel ,afety altos. .TYPE: Ib, mnxiinnln number of Arobes un a movie "'tiAcation appliance Snail sha11 not exceed W. I .ulaled.- ( A137f )N lTcao strob t as i, l est J i s (Lc alit rl Ihgr al, tenanted 6o be ua J t rh LACI wkicz nonfic rerun cd to b are L s I bl itis Iia 11"'e appliances shell not t e use I nn UL 1 istef - special Apple etion' "'Mificu4ret ebnne !"'ill the appliall .ec are Idrutil to be court alibi- in the msgrllmron insn'udions rel, the FRCP orwiiess ihe1.4CI is idwllric9 in Tie annpaWile m Elia nrvucuun suaouil. A•vv.kRNp.6. tIICS1iSII1013E:S 414?Itt [75917) 10 f IIL REGI LAI L D VOCI AGE I.Fill is O 1103"iAV01 "1S 1'01234Y '110U79.S FSIAL: 1 [I.IlFRED DC OR IINi IT I1 RED IT'LL R'AI 1'.-REC,.t ll•It,�VOF'I k(;F. ])ONO'] APPLY I01.1A(;E OC7'SIB7 OF IIlls RANGE, ('l"w lghl 2D05 vv'h elock,hvcAll Aghls sson'r I Tk. P84149 11 tihccl I of 4 ARNING. CJO ( K "I'Il1 N1191DIUM AND MAXIMI AI 0I`1'P111 oI r111. POWI R S1 1 PJ.,Y" AV) SI ANDDY RAI TERI Ahl3 SI RTR 1(I llllr, OLTAGI! DROP P'ROAd VIII, C 37.R IRCUI Tk I1tIAf. Rt:SIS l ANS A'I't3tT1 AdIrN E'I IIT. Al PYtai 13 N OL I AGh. I O C31T. S9ROIiI,S..l DT: MAXI A lllA] Y Wille j1lPRDANC L RK"TVI`kEsN STICOR'ES SII:ALL NOT F ACEIsl3 3S Olti{1s. �� (-AL S ION: Steobee ura tie: d"ifhted to be used on cod d e tans n which the apphcnd vollm c- is Yeled m) vtd oft. `�., ki'aIWIM.. YIAKB. SISiK IIIA -1 "l -IDS NJI:AC, RATS CPRRENI REQUIRED BY AI.1., APP LANCES THAT ARE CONNId'II:U it) IIIE SN SI'p.iPS I'RTAIARY AND SECONDARY POWER SOURCES. NOIDICA'CION APPI AANCI (IRCUITS SNI I}S\1 SYN'( ;Nt7p3I I1S 61l 1A s'I1'LOCK ! OWI R S1 PYI IF S DOCS 1131 k tt IiF:D f III i ONVEJ1 SOl RC TS' RA i 1 D C APAC 111 OR ME CURRENT NT RA I I N(S Ot" ANN I C Sr S ON IDB CIR((1IS IO WHICH (DESI APIIIANCI S ARE W1121 D OY1.R},t)AUINC 1'S3NY7 li SOURCES OR IXCGI I)t N( 7C:5P: RA1INfS COI LU RICSt jj IN LOSS Ot POWIdl2 AAIS 1•A1LtiRE IO ALR,RL OCCUPANIS DURING AN LAIFRGENC}_ WIRCII COULD REShl.1 IN PROPEiRTy DAgl iCF ANIT SLIUOU4,UtidU'lU4 OR ID'.A TD 10 YOU'-AVIUOR C3'1TIf 12S. UCI'I I DIS "I -RI Uf(TONo A7 t 1 At 'A3 A A5 !FAUN(; AND MOUN"I'ING INkORMA`fION: j_ C ACTION. lite fcsllOp'NS figure shows the tnaximWn n.,ob., of field wire, (conduCLL !) th 1 em) eater We backbo:t aSed c rth e9clt)Irntiv(ilig opliml. If Uteso limits are excereded, III= way be insuil'icitutt spa v m the backbox to accommodate the load wires !res and stresses Irmo the wires Could dtwarte the prodamt, �x NN AILti1Ni ]11IS U'till YlC";TDI'. 1OlNTliDOA 1PI A`I SURFACT, 50 THAI ID6 St1RT,ACI <OV[tRS 9III LN77 kiJ RACK SI RLAC'IL GP r}IT RACKBOX YY}IEN USED 1N AN OV i DOOR APPIA A ON OR A A,'1IA 312 AI PI RtAT1ON KNOCKOUII S JN HIEREAR Ol '1 [If BA( M;OX 'Nlj;,SI REMAIN INTACT. \C:Ag'170.! 'Pro sey'ewe tutu! t>ansod W (noun+ baelebos 'ccurel, aim bosh tabs utclnd d synth the M1ackb!u. !slthouuN 111Chmlts shown Io+o.tdt ntnuntinn option m!nply wdh Ste NatioJxal I kcai+:al C,nde (NIiG), WhceJvul. rcconvnends ur of the Ilav 1 l rok. >s tphc n shou7) .vd dte trla oI nppnrved tsanded li'ld mo m wb anu a possible to Protide addil a! rl rvtrnat� rz t m 1)F ansy mstal[atenn A SURFACE I NDOORfOUTD00R 1013 f3ACKi30X--1 /1 I Bt O i WCX3p 48-18SCREWS-- SCREWS MAXIMUM NCJMBFP Of- CONK —C -MRS MGM AtNG#16 AWG#14 RNG #12 8 8 8 8 Figure !. Table 3: Candeta of Vadol»AI'll PffGL1635 Model FE Rawrl 47wde1a tU A2 A3 Ad A5 A6 A? 7(14VM475W 7S,Ocd 1d0 IG l6 1S 15 H MIWP-2475C 75.Ucd 184 16 16 IS 1> 8 j_ C ACTION. lite fcsllOp'NS figure shows the tnaximWn n.,ob., of field wire, (conduCLL !) th 1 em) eater We backbo:t aSed c rth e9clt)Irntiv(ilig opliml. If Uteso limits are excereded, III= way be insuil'icitutt spa v m the backbox to accommodate the load wires !res and stresses Irmo the wires Could dtwarte the prodamt, �x NN AILti1Ni ]11IS U'till YlC";TDI'. 1OlNTliDOA 1PI A`I SURFACT, 50 THAI ID6 St1RT,ACI <OV[tRS 9III LN77 kiJ RACK SI RLAC'IL GP r}IT RACKBOX YY}IEN USED 1N AN OV i DOOR APPIA A ON OR A A,'1IA 312 AI PI RtAT1ON KNOCKOUII S JN HIEREAR Ol '1 [If BA( M;OX 'Nlj;,SI REMAIN INTACT. \C:Ag'170.! 'Pro sey'ewe tutu! t>ansod W (noun+ baelebos 'ccurel, aim bosh tabs utclnd d synth the M1ackb!u. !slthouuN 111Chmlts shown Io+o.tdt ntnuntinn option m!nply wdh Ste NatioJxal I kcai+:al C,nde (NIiG), WhceJvul. rcconvnends ur of the Ilav 1 l rok. >s tphc n shou7) .vd dte trla oI nppnrved tsanded li'ld mo m wb anu a possible to Protide addil a! rl rvtrnat� rz t m 1)F ansy mstal[atenn A SURFACE I NDOORfOUTD00R 1013 f3ACKi30X--1 /1 I Bt O i WCX3p 48-18SCREWS-- SCREWS MAXIMUM NCJMBFP Of- CONK —C -MRS MGM AtNG#16 AWG#14 RNG #12 8 8 8 8 Figure !. IOk %F SPERHER FI' Uvl PREGE[NN(. & t:N(ER* Ckt ENI .l, LIN ' RI1.915t(X: Jfi f iL gN2M--- R O RI FR{PRECEDING STPORE At 70 Nk'"XT PRPIIAl`CE —O2 COIR 'm and mtnttnton s'.tess on tW lroduel lnrm uiog. Figw'a 2. � Ihn radcl Iw nrnnl tiv[inu 1 nnittals lhul a PI IBJ i;;24, 1,18 Aueuaao Wive Gauer.{AW(3)vtwxtd 'a h e w f nomad Sint,( hJ_ kIs 3iSmh md1l0yaud 13r.k ,It i -ot nm n-1I'llvtcrviled -Ko.111 I e -- m[ un cur ail eupereision is shown a lam- '17te (( ll fol u!n hewu m the wiring diahr,un: !S For ojviA,oa of the apph, tux 12crer to Sync Modulo istvltndion ahc'FIi SM (PN.i 41t L}Sil1'IP33377)or R'heelock4 IN,"tv?Plies=or additional inrolvilawa GROUNDING,Comtectamuvd wiry to b!teklxsx. htNlsJl itn linoo"uPpliavm to backhuX uein�monnhny xue es pnnidetl. P34149 11 Shea 2 of %��, W %RNtNG< C IIIX K E Id.t I'R FC A7, RATINGS S S1 bS D it D INE ARIES I AND 2 (AS API ROPRI A 1E) I: () Fast RI PROPER ELECTRICAL L C I`1;7CAL 16PL'I'. 11R SDRC I'FUAT SI'F kKER WIRING ISCON\E:( IIll'L`C)5P7 ShFR FF.RMINUS ONLY AND SE'RO)3I lVIRINGLS"CONNEc,nFDTO S7ROI3ETERNIINALS'ONLy CHECK TO INSURE TILA1 WEILENG:AI I AC.PISCOI2RI (.1, IAIPROIIR[LAiC H2If AL 7NPt I (1ADAA1Al3E THEPRODUCd7ORCAUSEi'L Tp h1ALF'17DC-T70D,4VDUCHCOY;LD 12LS11.1'LN P120y fLi'fY I).A)IA(; ANDSFRIOLSIN.;IRYORI)73A7O TO Vali AND/Olt OTlWlts. F''igure 3: dntnper p(ug is used ra xetear tap rel ings Which n d73A hnulnecs. 1-igmv 4:77ap Serringa (i'recony woing & 70V(q: I121v (Tap t)) A. 13 C I> i. 17 C I1 1 I O O O O O IO I O O 0 O O 0O OHO O Each doubling Of rated Wan" increases srnutd output by 3 dE3A. Field rile abl, input terminals are provided nn eaelt unit. 'Fite following hvanuge selentions Are available. V. SW. I4W, U'R It4,1_%V,4W',&HW. Foch letter corresponds to a plug twsition of the header lurnted wt the printed cirmtit F o�rd Select voltage and wattage as Shown hu'1'able 4. A 10ltF blocking eapacitm"Pu, DC "up¢rvisicm Of audio lines by the FRCP is Ectotptvired in wriCswith the speaker input. NOTE: tine needle nose pliers 11) pnit rand Property insan the jumper plan to the desired top scone. �lR \RNIN6 IDL SPEAKI11 S'I'R<SDk ll 171 NCl M 5f 73E FISID Si f '1'O ttIF D@SD2FD d73A SOl IN O[ "1PU'I 11 Y F1 BEFORE Y,C IS hNS7ALLED. : TI IS DONT 13Y P[LOPi l2T1 IN8F.72 f1NC 11'-,bIPk11PLUGS IN ACCORDACT wrin TnEST INSTRUCTIONS. INCORRECT SETTINGS WILL, REST r IN IY'D'ROPF.R PERFORMANCE, E, WIIICII COULD RESt 1 I IN PROPERTY DAMAGE AND 41 RIOUS INJURY OR DEAYIL TO YOU A:NDIOR OTIIPRS. Table 4.- �. b"a7�rui nor! ihirlrry:e GnnnucliuTr Churl Position 25Y 70Y C4 __ D 1 E _. 1/2 4 I; I r4 2 Ci Fi3 I Il. y l74 AlOU1NTING I ROC F D11RES: I. The kopek tut opetvng On due baekbox to sired fora ;i" eoaduit and tuanhn"g conte tor. De sure that u prober waters. lL ht conduit hny is used to conned the ehe backbns tar onuhnnfset rc s.nvirornnent applications. Conduit entrances to the backbox should be selected to provide skiffnient wiriiiZ charntee lot the installed product. Do not pa=s additional suits; Qt,ed for other titan the signaling applinpueJ tbn agh the backbos. Such additional Wiles cernhl reaihR in msallteienl Wiling space for Ile si tabu» appliance. R'hen truantrtnn� h •id tetter, do not us mw'e (cad Ienett than eeyn[md T seers lead le'<myth could result in insufficient wiring space for the Appliance. Z2. , Cse cart and proper la wires, s m posillan the Pcld nm s ur the baekbox so that they use mini nn a ,pace and I m hies Alumina" site's nn the prodoet "Chis is especially important far snt7. he:rcy is n ., eires and tents tviilr [hick insulation or iiheatitinf:. 4. Connect fi ld wires to the terminal block (pol city nest In suearced). _ the 1t Id .Tires up Lu n tilctnnecnen1,m on to the eAqui al block, then l'hrc Cully ptj, the field wires nno the baekbox by ]land - 5. Dend press the unit to the bs kboz, +h b that it is contact with the gasket all due stay arntold. It should not be oestmg rah the lip of Ill, baekbox. C,. Cnrelthe Scmhe the speaker 11,116, to the JOB Hung the f'8-18 X 1 screws supplied. �; W A$NSNC : 711 E: 1,17OWP APPLIANCE IS A "FIRES ALARNI ULM(% - DO NO T PAINT." A\ WARNING YAIItN INSI 11 L ING STROBES IN AN OPEN OFFICE OR O'E1111i AREAS CON AININ( I ARTITIONS Olt OTHER YIU WING ODS"TRDCTIONS, SPII(7AE, A7 1 b N'TION SHOULD III C IVEN TO I EIC LOCA t 7ON OP 'Illy S ILODES SO I II A I TII1 D2 OI FRzYTTNC El",XT CANRESEPN U3'ALL INE LN)ED VDRI128, tVT17113D INt1F:3'SlIY PI-NI131R AND ryiti I'O At ARI SUiRE CHAT "17111? INIE N'DED A IE OI' R IS ALER RF'F,I) 13Y PROPER ILII AIINAIION. 1 AILU:f2P 'f0 1)O SO COi LD RE SI'I; 1' IA 7 IiOJ'I:12'1'Y DAitACUIi AND SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATD TO YOU AN'Df0'R OTIT R2S, (yvA .IR'S`INC' '1561A7t 70SSyU)EII) FYISrs'1HAI TJIE USE OF Alt'1-711EI sTRO131SWI WITHIN A PERSON'S FIELD Of VIEW UNDER (,RT'AIN IRCUMSTAM AOGN7FNDF( E A PEEOEOSENSIIIYE RESPONSE IN PERsoNS WI11FPRFPSY S'FROI3I REI LT'.0 HODS TNA GLASS OT. ]IIRR0121;D S[72t"Sf'E AiICRI AISp TNDUCE SUCH A IOiSPONSI I -O MINIMIZE, THIS POSSIBUT EFA/ARD, Wf1rPTOM STROAC6LY REC011N1CNDS'JIIAU 1111 SIROBES INS l AELED SHOULD NO TPRESEN-r ALOALIOSITEEIAS73 IZA"TF INTHE FIESIDOI"VIEW WNICt3 E SCLy:DS F1Yl; (o) IIT. AT '1111 Ol E R.ATENC SOL -P GE OE IILE S'IR013E S A HELI OC K ALSO S E RONGLY RE ( OYIAILNDS I II A T 7 PIP: IN II,NSITY AND COM OSIIL I'LASII RUP: OF INSIALLED STROBES C'OM LY Ri'flI LE ATL,5 ESTABLISHED BY .API'1.1C'AI311. LAWS, STANDARDS R€GULn110NS C'ODE,S 1NII(;VIDF.IANFS. NOTE: NFPA7LA.NS111--1 wnlomstoADAM, Equi`:alent FA61itntion Guidelines in usi-lehccr_higher innnSily'Imbe, within the Sane poleoi,diara. it this appliance is requited ,, pre lute n di tiuWhv ihru-Pals 'C.^,nniraral Palma I a, Alarm 1 l i union Stgnal (int total evacmunai) in vcv.idmic, with \FPA 72, the appliance- ain't be used with a fur. Bann ,bound unit that emu generate the n.nhpnral pattern s,pal Itofurm ntnnu&rclurur's instullalon munul h r,,�u�l,. P84149 H. Sheet 3 of 4 !. ,CAS I`F ON: Check life nfstall num ntslrcuu. n9 Of dm-tnmwl t ttu.rs OIothu' gtaprnanlused m.thc 11 iltit for my at Id locie" restriction, pl v ill.% ani'or hi not "Nonfiction Appliance Circuit, (NAC) and uotiLcmtou OPPhanees. SGrate "'stern <onnttnuicatiotr exons and/or muho cnttnts, for �aantply Haat regnFre spacial precuntionc w assn'e immunity front Ideetncal nose (¢.z, audio mos udk). AOtF: 'This Cgaipment has been Tested and fouml to count veiill tit• limits for a Claus 13 digital device pursolon to Putt h Of the FCC Rales. These )fruits are designed to provide rensonable projection again: t hannonI inter f r n.c to residential il,mallalion I his equip a tit cneratec, as sand can CT, the r is o 2tu nv ice that e to and, if net in, told used m accordance will, the Tllthiteeti msmteni dcea ca n ta:mntid ruse t`I'cnca to�radiator talcwis un rvicebnion� vvh1ii.hccan no detvmm+ed t in0.rlvrence wilt not oena in u p nvcolur incml Inco t 1 } laming the cgaipmcnt Olt' and on the user is •neo 11th' to try to torsed the r, 3) Cone by one to mom of the following tite'oil ma cant li i) Reorient torn whit the recci,iq, antenna, '_) locieaFe Ute separation bell, Cotl Uh` filltipmettt and aYCe'fYCQ T) GOIn)tel Lire uingnncrti into ;ib oUUet on AClteliif dt'ITCillln li ora that in a'111C)f Lite raeeircr is connadud, and n) ConSidi life dealer or all esperienrod radi0°'A'4 technician forhetp. ANY !I1 iERI AF PXTRAI'01 111:D PROYI TIIIS DO( I 11ENT Oil FROM WHEEL OC K MANI AGS OR OTRI R DOCIAIE\I S DESCRIBING THE PRODLC'1� FOR LSE liV iROV90'I'IPN`Y[ OR _vOV112I SING CLAIMS OR FOR VNY OTHER ifi6, IN fIUDING' DESCRIPTION PION OF TDE PRODUC,j OR 17 T7 IN R, OPFRATIO'v INSTALLATION AND TESTING T$ USED AT THE SOLI; RISIC OF TTIF USER AND RITFGLOCK BILI. NOT HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR SIjCTI USI, ImPORr ATF, READ SEPI A -TE ANI)I1FRIODI(TIISIING OF IOPDICATION APPLIANCSMATION" SEE1 FOR )N ON THE PLACEMENT. 7.,IDIITATlON5. Limited Warranh• olially W9fcclock pro<htelc const be reed bvttlun their publisle hed of insialla ion and t least twice 0 PROPERLY aor3 nor ORe.in and if) occlu d ocean) localt,tststate and Federal lcodes, tested in accordance with then nnhtrac Mas a[ t for ,eg"Inlono and laws, Specification annhcinlon til'IatLtion, Operation, i intonfuluYfliand le..UT1I IaliltrlCSill 111'L)rllu11df1RTlli!iS �I'`t}rJ alnriifS+rat l(.8aeldit1(1.t1 (F)`N6Vallifl ;,c'crordance with Oil of tile laic, Nanunni I°ire a election ( ) Electrical Code (NI,C), Occupational Salary and Health Administration (05H V) 'local, state c nariv, Provuri elisnid, fedNfaF and other applicable bnildinl and 6r' vrmrduds, de)fn'K, regulations, Inns Holl c tdu inc+CrL nlsrxui�cli.�applied. ill t� nsinil¢d, ap+aratrdo, maintaineddmndnopc`Ga ionn11vlife i1tcsG.dcassof pnwtic ide<i abovcal e lana yr lrrantItY cg Innsdiction (AID). Wheelock products who, pmt 1 aElinst mcchunmul and oiecn tell defects for a period of tine cents fttun date of noun, fact {as deteurluud by date Code). COM03ol of dctecl by repair Or ropiacenreo ahati be at Whaelu len sole dxicret ole and shall constitute fulfillment Of all Obligations ander this v arrwtY. M t OREGOING 1 IMl1 LD N ARftrV 11 SHALL IMMEDIA FLY 1TRMINAE1, 11 1111 FVYNI ANY PART NOT FUIONISETID BY W"HFIIOCK IS iAST ALE.GD IV LTH PRGDI CI "f HE. PORI'iGOTNG- I_IMl'PED WARILA67 Y' S'1'1 CIl (CALLS' IXChUDBS ANY WI TN'.ARF TLLQ1ttRIFD FOR 11{p O1IRAYION OF OR INCL[rf)}.0 IN A PRODL-1", Will ll FLOC; K ,MAKES NO RI7 R3 SFN f AT30N' OR WARRANTY OF A9Y O (1 ER KIND 1 XPRESS, IIDiP1 A3D Ult. ST Y F U lY)RY N'HI, f HI.T2 AS TO:r1RROIAN1ABI1,11`Y, PIINESS FOR AI APG1CUFAR EURPOSFoR ANY OTHER \SUER USERS RS ARF: SOI FFY RF.SI ONSIBT f. FOR Ob. FIRMININO W FIE17HER V 1 RODUCTIS SF 17 ABLE FOR IHF USERS PURPOSES. ORWHEI IFR I I WILL. tlS NO tDAMAGE r1FROM hiti\}LIC\fON IMPROPER I7�RESUTUTS ST' ACCTT'Ill,GiD1TIONUYON LOCKCONROL EOQIQDIk LG[iFfI SONIh: V:Uid1L0CK RROD(ICIS CON'['AIN SC)1"1WATt1 WIM RESPECT TO THOSE PRODU'GIS %VBFEL.00K DOCS NOT NARRANII II3AI HIE. OPERA LION OF Illf; 8017 ARIE, WILL BF LN1N"1 BRRIG I [ D OR GRTLOR FR.EB OR MATT III. SOI FW 1RP, WIF 1 MLL'f ANY OI FII t STANDARD OF JIPRVORMANCT OR FMAF GHI VONCtIONS OR PFRIORIMAVC( OF TIF SOFTWARE WILL MEFJ 111E USERS RF%Ql IREkv1EN S, WIL1d.LOCK USFII NO I OFOP A PRI N)t,C,F FO COl3T OI' OR C \CSGT Gil)WNI IIISSOl" IRP ITRRUF7 [ENS, TOSS. DES IOiV YI'PIiRA TIC)N, Oft OI JIT,'R I'(iODt. C NJ IN Mr. 'FNti LTABI LfYY OFWFFFFLOCKARISEN{ Ol IOF1111 SI IPLYRi( OT APROUIiC3 O}tITSIS} WTIF111 RON WARRANTI S NFGI KISCI:,OR OIF LIABIL SCIAR NOT IN ANY (:ASE 1 ACEI, ) "I[Il COST OP COR121CHN DE IJ CLS AS SIAIL D IN HD I IMfFFD WARRAN`IY AND UPON I:XPIILlT1Old OF I IICNOT IN A Y Pi>RIOT).VI ( SlICI[7 MR}t,['LY SU ll 7 1LId HNsa 1I WHF'FI OCK Ii tiDT'IT1l1L[ TOR I YDOI2 COSTS INUIRt2ED F gikA1I N 12I'llf,STAI,i.ATFON OR R}opAlii OF Till, PRODUCT BY ANYONE OIIIISR THAN WIIEFLOCK OR. FOR DAM 1(r31 Or ANY Mr.. tYlLll'SOF:AER.IN11 CLUDIN(r 13VT NOT UNIFIED 10. LOSS OP PROFI30R INCIIDLNT AL OR CONSJQIl-NIIAI llAY-AG'ES ]III CO}tliGOIAC b{LA]„l. CONS"Il'It}lETI F;SOLE REML OPIOil: "PURCHASFR ANDIIIEIXCFDSIVFS LTAHILI'IN OF W3 IT If OCK. IN NOCASI N 111. WIGFiT:LOCK'S HABIT TIY EXCIq 1) 111E PURCTIASE PRICE PAID FOR A PRODLKIT, linritatlan of Liability W11F.Et.00K'S LIABILITY ON ANY CLAIM OF ANY KIND; INCLUDING NFiGLIGLNCF AND BREACH OF WARR AN FY. FOR ANY LOSS Olt DA -MAGI FiLSUI;TIN( (ROM. ARISING OIII' (A OI2 WtiNiICII) WITH lIifS CON 1 0It PRS -)M III( MAN( l ACIURI: SAI} DE I IVI Y R S11 F:. REPAIR OR F SE OF ANY PRODLCf COVERED 13Y IBIS OI DER SH AIL BE LIVII I l,D TO "1111 PRICE APPLICABLE, IC.ABI L 10 HiG PRODUCT I Ol PAR OB III OF, WILICFI OWES RISE TO fl IF CI AIM. WTIF I OMS' LIABILITY ON ANY CI AINT ill; ANY KIND SII AI L CEASE IMNIJ DI Af1i.E Y 1 *PON ME LNS MI AIION IN IBB- IRODUCF O1 ANY }'ART NOF I URN'ISHI D HY WHET K. IN NO I l I Vf SHALL A4l1LELOCh DI UNIFY FOR \1Y CLAIM 01 ANY KIND UINLISS FF IS PROVIN FILA I UIRIRODUCI WAS A DIREC. FCA(SE O1 SUCH CLAIM FURTHER. lav NO FVI,NT FACIE VINO IN 1111. CAS;01 A Ci -VIM or NEOLMENCE,SVIALL N IIId.1.00K BE I I ABI.B FOR INCIDFNTAL OR CONST OUI NTTAL DAMAGES. S. SOMI S l A FFS DO NO'I AIL OW J HI 1-N"'BS10N ()I21 4M1 f A11Oti OF INCIDENTAL ORCON'S'l01 F R1IAL DAMA[ i S. SO IIIF FRECFiDL'v'(; G1vETTAI'ION MAY NOT' APPLY TOALI..PLRC'TIASERS, I IMI P84149 H Shec1 4 of 4 www,boschsecLirity.com BOSCH .%ft_._i�. Invented for life a-. The D273 Series includes the following detector models: Model Description D273 Four -wire D2731S' Four -wire with an isolated 135T(57°C)heat sensor and sounder D273TH Four -wire with 1357 (57°C) heat sensor D273THC Four -wire with 135-F (57T) heat sensor and auxiliary relay D273THCS' Four -wire with 135-F (57°C) heat sensor, auxiliary relay, and sounder D273THE Four -wire with 1357 (57°C) heat sensor and EOL relay D273THRI Fourwirewith 135'F (57°C) heatsensor and trouble relay D273THS' Four -wire with 135"F (57°C) heat sensor and sounder D273THES' Four -wire with 135°F (57°C) heat sensor, sounder, and EOL relay P. 12 VDC or 24 VDC input r Designed for commercial or residential use D. Four -wire application o. Light -emitting diodes (LEDs) indicate the status of the chamber, power, and alarm a- Removable terminal block to simplify wiring connections ' Sounders produce 85 dB at 10 ft (3 m). 2 Thetroublerelay indicates both Dirty Smoke Chamber and/or Power Loss conditions. Each of the D273 Series Detector models is UL Listed and works with commercial fire protective signaling and household fire warning systems. Each model detects smoke particles produced during wood, paper, and fabric combustion. The D273 Series Detector models use an infrared (IR) LED light source and a silicon photodiode to measure light in a chamber. A fine screen covers the chamber to deter insects and reduce dust accumulation and nuisance alarms. During a fire, smoke particles reflect light onto the photodiode. When the photodiode measurements exceed the alarm threshold, the detector signals an alarm condition. After the alarm condition clears, interrupt power at the control panel to reset the detector. When a D132B Reversing Relay Module is used, the LED does not latch on alarm. WIRMEMERNMEEMMM Chamber Calibration Tests Check the sensitivity and calibration of any D273 Series Detector model using a visual check, a magnet test, or a voltage measurement test. Refer to the D263ID273 Series Installation Guide (P/N: 31341) for specific instructions to perform these sensitivity tests. USA UL t (U o 68 arrd A) UROX7tISmokeD 9utoors uratic Fire De[ectorsCerNfiedfonCana- da(cULus) Hong Kong HKFSD D2731S, D273THC, D273THCS, D273THE, D273THES, D273R, and D273S.only USA _. MSFM __.. _.. NYC 274-93-E, Vol VII MEA -- CSFM 72721615.0134 Use smoke detectors for detection circuits that protect people. Use heat detectors for circuits that protect property. Compatible Products The following products are compatible with the D273 Series detectors: Category ProducLID ProductDescription Control The D273 Series Detector models are compatible with UL Panels Listed four -wire control panels. Refer to the manufacturers installation instructions to select the correct EOL resistor. Modules D1328 Reversing relay module Loop Supervision For loop supervision, install a Bosch Security Systems D275 Power Supervision Module and an EOL resistor after the last device on the loop. Mounting The detector has a mounting plate that attaches to a standard four -inch back box. For commercial and industrial installations in accordance with NFPA 72, space each detector 30 ft (9.2 m) apart. Wiring The terminal block accepts up to 12 AWG (2.3 mm) wire. You can remove the terminal block from the detector for easier wiring. The terminal block snaps in and out of the detector. Quant. Component 1 Detector 1 Literature pack r 100 mA maximum Environmental Considerations Relative Humidity: Up to 93%, non -condensing Operating and Storage +32T to*120T(OC to+40"C) Temperature: D27318: Radio Frequency No alarm or setup on critical frequencies Interference (RFI) in the range of 26 MHz to 950 MHz. Immunity a Mechanical Properties D273 Four -Wire Smoke Detector Dimensions(Diameterx H): Sin.x2in.(12.7cmx5.l cm) Material: High impact, fire retardant ABS plastic Power Requirements Power -up Time: 22 sec maximum RMS Ripple: 25% of DC input maximum Voltage (stand-by): 10 VDC to 30 VDC Current Draw (alarm) at30 VDC D273,D273TH: 18 mA maximum D273THC: 33 mA maximum D273THE, D273THR: 36 mA maximum D273THS: 78 mA maximum D273THCS: 90 mA maximum D273THES: 96mAmaximum D2731S: 100 mA maximum Current Draw (standby) D273, D273TH, D27THC, 0.1 mA maximum D273THCS,0273THS: D27318: 0.14 mA maximum D273THE,D273THES: 15 mA D273THR: 18 mA maximum a D273 Four -Wire Smoke Detector Four -wire smoke detector. Order number D273 D2731S Four -Wire Smoke Detector with Isolated Heat Sensor and Sounder Four -wire smoke detector with an isolated 1350F (57°C) heat sensor and a sounder. Order number D2731S D273TH Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector Four -wire smoke detector with a 135°F (57°C) heat sensor. Order number D273TH D273THC Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with Auxili- ary Relay Four -wire smoke detector with an isolated 135°F (57°C) heat sensor and an auxiliary relay. Order number D273THC D273THCS Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with Auxili- ary Relay and Sounder Four -wire smoke detector with a 13YF (57°C) heat sensor, an auxiliary relay, and a sounder. Order number D273THCS D273THE Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with EOL Re- lay Four -wire smoke detector with a 1350F (57°C) heat detector and an EOL relay. Order number D273THE .................. ............... ... D273THES Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with EOL Relay and Sounder Four -wire smoke detector with a 135°F (57°C) heat sensor, a sounder, and an EOL relay. Order number D273THES D273THR Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with Trouble Relay Four -wire smoke detector with a 135°F (57°C) heat sensor and a trouble relay. Order number D273THR D273THS Four -Wire Smoke/Heat Detector with Sounder Four -wire smoke detector with a 135•F (57°C) heat sensor and a sounder. Order number D273THS Accessories D275 Power Supervision Module Line supervision device for four -wire fire detection circuits Order number D275 D1005 Test Cable Connects a digital voltmeter to the detector's calibration pin for verifying that the detector iswithin its calibration range Order number D1005 DT -2 Detector Removal Tool Use the DT -2 to remove, replace, or test the detector head Order number DT -2 TP280 Trim Plate For retrofit and remodeling purposes; 16.2 cm (6 in.) diameter Order number TP280 Bu,nosenled by: Americas: Europe, Middle East, Alrica: AidRobert Bo c: Robert Bosch (SEA) Pte Ltd. 5ecurLLy China: Security Syslems I'd (Sing. America Latina: Bosch Systems Division Box, Sac°nty Systems. lac Basch Security SysRms 8V. IdIng, No. 333 fuouan Road 20zF No, Adherence, o3ecunly Via 98 Via 130 Perished Parkway P.O. Bm 80004 The Netherlands Syslems Bell, NortM1 IBP 06590km CEP 13065900 Fairport, New York, 14454 USA 561] Be Eindhoven, Singe or 5]39031 Changning Dlalrlct, Shanghai Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil Phone:+18002890096 Phone'. a 314025]]284 Phone: e6565]12808 a:16 200335 China Form, X551921032860 Fou 115-5 2239.80 Fax a 3140 2577 330 ',us Fax : e656912699 Phone c862122181111 Fax. �551921032B62 urirysa1 Boschdom zscuu,syzlems@hozch.com apcsecurilysyslems@bos&—ho Fax:+86 21 22162398 al securitysyslems@6oschmm www.boschsecurity.us `v ww boschsecurito com eva-boschsecunly azin www.mudxecuntycom.cn www. boschsecuntyc°m ® Bosch Security Syztemz 20121001° subject to change without notice 2100558987 1 an. V3. 14. A°g 2012 www.boschsecLirity.com I.. i BOSCH Invented for life The D1257RB Fire Annunciator is typically installed in building entrances and areas with unrestricted access because it lacks function keys. This SDI bus compatible device works with the Bosch Security Systems, Inc. GV4 control panels, GV3 control panels, and GV2 control panels (firmware version 7.04 and higher). Two navigational keys allow the user to step forward or backward through a list of system events. This allows a responding agency or persons evacuating the building to quickly and safely identify the type and location of the emergency. The annunciator has a built-in sounder that allows it to be installed out of sight. Audible tones alert personnel to fire system events and assist fire fighters to locate the annunciator. Display The display uses words, numbers, and symbols to show the status of the fire system. When several events occur, each event is shown in order of priority followed by the time of occurrence. In conjunction with the 16 -character vacuum -fluorescent display (VFD), four LEDs provide the following system status indications: Fire o. Compatible with Bosch GV4 control panels, Bosch GV3 control panels, and GV2 control panels (firmware version 7.04 and higher) >' Can be remotely installed in public access areas P. Built-in multi -tone sounder b Easy to read vacuum fluorescent display (VDF) shows complete system status in English P, Programmable custom text for each point • Silenced Supervisory • Trouble Region 3ertihGahon r".x ;. USA y�UL UOXX: Control Unit Accessories, System (ANSI/UL 864) FM CSFM 7167-1615:02437167 -CONTROL UNIT (HOUSEHOLD)_ ,. CSFM 7165-1615:02427165 .FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL). CSFM 7165-1615:02387165 FIRE ALARM CONTROL UNIT (COMMERCIAL). ._.._ FDNY _.....6059 _.... CoA. _.. EMEMEMEMEMEEMM Compatible Control Panels The D1257RB Fire Annunciator is compatible with GV4 control panels', GV3 control panels' and GV2 control panels' with firmware version 7.04 or higher. The keypad will work with G Series Control Panels prior to GV2 v7.04; however the LEDs will not operate. ' The D7212GV4, D7212GV3, and D7212GV2 are not listed for commercial fire applications. Mounting Considerations The annunciator is a low profile, surface -mounted unit molded in durable red plastic with three mounting holes in the base that allow secure, correct positioning during installation. Protect the surface -mounted annunciator by mounting it to a D56 or D56R Conduit Back Box. For desktop applications, the annunciator can be mounted to a D55 Desk Stand. Notice Do not install the annunciatorin direct sunlight. This damages the module components and makes the display less visible. Do not mount in wet or moist locations. Wiring Considerations The annunciator connects to the control panel for data and power through a standard four -wire flying lead cable. For field wiring use 0.8 mm (22 AWG) or 1.2 mm (18 AWG) wires. Resistance cannot exceed 25 f1. The field wiring connects to a four -wire harness supplied with the unit. aNotice Use shielded cable where excessive electromagnetic interference is a problem. REMMMMEMEMMEM Quant. Component 1 Annunciator 1 Hardware pack 1 Literaturepack EMMEMEWEEMENEM Environmental Considerations Relative Humidity: 5% to 85%non-condensing at +30T (+86°F) Temperature (operating): F01Cto+50°C(+32T to +12T) Mechanical Properties Color: Red Dimensions: 11.7 cm x 21 cm x 2 cm (4.6in.x8.2in.x0.8in..)- Material: CHI MEI POLYLAC�PA757 ABS with UV Stabilizer. UL94-HB Fire. Rated', Power Requirements Current: 104 mAminimum, 225 mAmaximum Voltage: 12 VDC nominal supplied by the control panel Trademarks Due to the nature of this material, this document refers to hardware and software products by their trade names. In most, if not all cases, these designations are claimed as trademarks or registered trademarks by their respective companies in one or more countries. It is not Bosch's intent to use any of these names generically. The reader is therefore cautioned to investigate all claimed trademark rights before using any of these names other than to refer to the product described. POLYLAC is a registered trademark of CHI MEI Industrial Corporation, LTD Plexiglas is a registered trademark of Arkema. TEEZZWEENFINEM D1257RB Fire Annunciator Red and gray case. Order number D1257RB Accessories D55 Keypad Desk Stand Portable desk stand in smoke colored Plexiglas. Order number D55 D56 Surface Mount Conduit Box White surface mount box. Order number D56 D56R Red Surface Mount Conduit Box Red surface mount box. Order number D56R Represented by: America Latina: Bosch (Shanghai) Security Systems Ltd. Robed Busch Llda Security Systems Division Europe, Middle East, Africa: Asii Americas: Systems. I" Bosch Security Systems B.V. Robert Bosch I5EA1 Pte Ltd. Security Bosch Security 138 Fairish Parkway P.O. Box 8.003 Phase: 1551. 21032860 Fairport, New York, 14450. USA 5619 BA Eindhoven. The Netherlands 11 Fisher Street 21 PFone:+18002890096 PM1one:+3140257720A ppo+6573hply Fax, +15852239100 Fax :+314025]2330 ane6571 8 buts' can acc.xtysystems@b0Iah.c.I Fax: 165 65712699 derurity.salas@us wwwhoscbsecunlymm sprw ecuritysystems@bosch.com www.bozcM1secunty.uz w w.b0zchsecurily aria 9 BascM1 Security Systems 20131 Data subject to change without ROtl- 25290699831air ,V5.O1.Do, 2013 -. 11S' China: America Latina: Bosch (Shanghai) Security Systems Ltd. Robed Busch Llda Security Systems Division 201 Building. No, 333 Wuuan Road Via Auhanguen, Km 98 Noah IBP CEP/3065900 Changning Remiss. ShangM1ai ComPiwq Sao Paulo, Briall 200335 China Phase: 1551. 21032860 Phone +86 21 22181111 Fax +55 19 2103 2062 Fax: +86 2122/82398 Ia1amb0schsecunty6lboschmm www.boschsecuritycom an www. bascbsecurity.com �'H... BOSCH Invented forlife The FMM-100 Series is a family of versatile, high-quality, metal fire alarm manual stations. Single-action or dual -action models are available. All models come with a key lock and contain gold-plated contacts to resist corrosion. Functions Operation Single-action When the bar on the front of the manual station is pulled, it latches open and is easily visible from 50 it (15 m). Reset the activation bar by opening the manual station with the key and placing the activation bar in its normal upright position. An optional scored acrylic break rod is available. Dual action With the dual -action configuration the upper bar on the front of the manual station rotates inward allowing the activation bar to be grasped and operated by a single hand. • Single or dual action a Terminal connections > Gold-plated alarm contacts for corrosion resistance • Surface or weatherproof back boxes Certifications and Approvals Region Certification _ USA UL UNIU: Boxes, Non -Coded (UL38), UNIU7: Boxes, Non -Coded Certified for Canada (cULus) CSFM 7150-1615:224 NYC -MEA 382-94-F or382-94-E,Vol,3 Installation/Configuration Notes Compatibility Information Compatible with all Bosch Security Systems, Inc. Fire Alarm Control Panels. Mounting considerations The FMM Series manual stations can be surface mounted on either the FMM-100BB-R Surface -mount Back Box or the FMM-100WPBB-R Weatherproof Back Box. They can also be flush mounted on a standard single -gang back box. Note When properly mounted on the FMM-100WPBB-R Weatherproof Back Box, these manual stations meet UL requirements for outdoor use. www.boschsecurity.com 2liCdtt'tb4'SiftieS.,DiersatrltACt81F)i'I,'1T°rrMantfa(€,utatiolt....z `3''7',..�.,�,. ,-�...I.,on,i "tt 5,r To comply with ADA standards, the manual station must be less than 48 in. (1.2 m) above the floor for front wheelchair access and less than 54 in. (1.3 m) above the floor for side wheelchair access. Parts included Quant. Component 1 Manual station 1 D102 Key (1358 key) 1 FMM-100GR Acrylic Break Rod 1 Hardware pack 1 Literature pack Technical Specifications Environmental Considerations Relative Humidity: 90%at+100T(+38"C) _.. Temperature (operating): -40°F to+150°F(-40°C to +66°C) Mechanical Properties Color: Red Dimensions (H x W x D): 4.75 in. x 3.25 in. x 1.1 in. (12 cm x 8.3 cm x28 cm).. Material: die-cast metal Inputs Switch Rating: 1 A at 30 VDC or 125 VAC ordering Information FMM-100SATK Single-action Manual Europe, Micro, Easl, ARica: Americas: Bosch Securiq systems. Inc, Bosch Security Systems B V. 130 Perimm� Parkway New York. 14450, USA P.O. Box 80002 5600 JB Emdhoren. The Netherlands Fairport. PLon.:+18002890096 Phone :+31 40 297 204 Fax:+15852239180 Fax; +31 40 297 330 securirysystems@boscF.cam uritysales@us.beachmm www.boschseeurily enm www.mschweunty on tasubiect ® Bosch security systems Inc. 2010 iData m change without notice 123637318511 Cur_ emus. VB, 1 Jet ordering Information FMM-100SATK Single-action Manual FMM-100SATK Station (red) Versatile, high-quality, metal single-action fire alarm manual station with key lock and gold-plated contacts FMM-100SATK-NYC Single-action Manual FMM-100SATK-NYC Station for New York City Versatile, high-quality, metal single-action fire alarm manual stationfor New YorkCitywith key lock and gold-plated contacts _ ........ _-..-..- FMM-100DATK Dual -action Manual Station FMM-IOODATK (red) Versatile, high-quality, metal dual -action fire alarm manual station with key lock and gold-plated contacts Accessories D102 Replacement Key D102 Replacement key (''1358) for the D101 lock. FMM-30066-R Surface -mount Back Box FMM-SOOBB-R (red) Red cast -metal back box FMM-10OWPBB-R Weatherproof Back Box FMM-SOOWPBB-R (red) Red cast metal weatherproof hack box FMM-100GR Scored Acrylic Break Rods FMM-100GH Scored acrylic rods (12 per package) ..Pacific; Represented by cert Bosch(SEA) Pte Ltd, Security Systems Disk- street 21 gapore 573943 +65 6258 5511 :: +65 65712690 SYSTEM SENSOR Duct Smoke T • • Expand the versatility of the InnovairFlex" line of duct smoke detectors with System Sensor notification and test accessories. Available Accessories Duct smoke detector accessories add functionality to the duct smoke detection system by allowing quick, convenient inspections APA151 Piezo Annunciator at eye level and effective audible and visible notification options. All MIFF Mini -Horn, Red System Sensor duct smoke detectors and accessories are UL listed. MHW Mini -Horn, White The APA151 piezo annunciator, which replaces the APA451 with a RA100Z/RA10OZA Remote Annunciator new, improved look, provides an audible alarm signal, a red LED to Remote Test Station Indicate alarm status, and a green LED to indicate power status. It is RTS151 intended for use with System Sensor 4 -wire conventional duct smoke RTS151 KEY Remote Test Station with Key detector applications without a system control panel, to comply with RTS2 Multi -Signaling Accessory NFPA 90A. AOS Add -On Strobe The Mill and MHW SpeclrAlert® Advance mini -horns feature RTS2-AOS Multi -Signaling Accessory temporal or continuous tones at high and low volume settings. Their small footprint allows mounting to single -gang back boxes for applications where a small device is desired. The RA100Z and RAI OOZA remote annunciators are designed for both conventional and intelligent applications. Their red LED provides visual indication of an alarm condition. Agency Listings U` FM i. @� ]3W-16530212 LISTED .Poaw.o 300MM533 S252z 9094x01 7M.1551o196 so803o1 The RTS151 and RTSI51 KEY remote test stations are automatic fire detector accessories designed to test duct smoke detectors from a convenient location. For 4 -wire detectors, the RTS151 KEY test station features a multi -colored LED that alternates between steady green and red. For 2 -wire detectors, the LED illuminates red for alarm. The RTS2 and RTS2-AOS multi -signaling accessories are designed to work with InnovairFlex 4 -wire conventional duct smoke detectors. These accessories include a key switch that can be used to select one of two connected sensors to be tested, reset, or both by a push button switch. They also enable sensitivity measurements using the SENS-RDR sensitivity reader (sold separately). The AOS (Add -On Strobe) is an optional accessory included with the RTS2- AOS model. to i Specifications, Duct Smoke Detector Accessories Temperature Range Regulated 24 VDC Power Requirements Alarm LED: 2.8 to 3 2 mA max. Voltage 3 kHz Frequency Total Current: Y05 mA max. Operating Voltage 16 to 33 VDC Test Switch 10 VA @ 32 VDC Maximum Alarm Current 30 mA Reset Switch 10 VA @ 32 VDC Intelligent System: YS to 32 VDC 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F) Temperature Range 14 to 22 AWG Alarm Response Time 40 seconds max. 10 to 93%non-condensing Relative Humidity Temperature Range —10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) 12 to 18 AWG Wire Gauge 4.6"H x 2.9W x .45 D Relative Humidity 95% non -condensing Dimensions ZZEMOMMMM Wire Gauge 14 to 18 AWG Regulated 12 DC or FWR (Full Wave Dimensions 4.8"H x 2.90"W x 1.4""D Voltage 9 Rectified) or Regulated 24 VDC or FWR Sounder Current Draw 22 mA RMS max. at B to 17.5 Volts DC Power Requirements Power LED (Green): 14 to 35 VDC, 29 mA RMS max, at 16 to 33 Volts DC 12 mA max. Temperature Range 0°C to 49°C (32°F to 120°F) Humidity Range 10to 93% non -condensing Nominal Sounder 3 kHz Frequency 14 to 18 AWG Wire Gauge 12 to 18 AWG Dimensions 4.6"H x 2.9"W x 0.45"D Sounder Voltage Range Conventional System: 3.1 to 32 VDC —10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) Intelligent System: YS to 32 VDC Maximum Alarm Current 10 mA Ii—relnnc 4.6 "Ll x 2.8"W x 1.3"D RTS151 UL S4011 RA10OZ UL 52522 Alarm LED (Red): 2.8 to 32 VDC, 12 mA max. Total Current: 105 mA max. Alarm Response Time 40 seconds max. Temperature Range —10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F Relative Humidity 95% non -condensing Wire Gauge 14 to 18 AWG Dimensions .e Voltage 4.6-H x 2.75"W x 1.8"D 20"to 29 VDC Power Requirements Standby: 3.0 mA max. Trouble: 16.0 mA max. Alarm without strobe: 30 mA max. Alarm with strobe: 55 mA max. Sounder 85 dBA at ten feet Temperature Range —10°C to 60°C (14°F to 140°F) Relative Humidity 95% non -condensing Wire Gauge 14 to 22 AWG Dimensions 4.8"W x 5.3"H x 1.6"D For the very latest product specifications and listing information, please visit the System Sensor Web site at www.systemsensoccom APA 151 UL 54011 NIHR UL 54011 RTS2-AOS UL 52522 MW ryr� 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, IL 60174 02013 system Sensor �S YY Ps.osspeenmeu:°ssebie=:.mere-ae u;mom°m,-e. ma Phone: B00-SENSOR2 •Fax: 630-377-6495 m, ceeem pmausu�m,msu•n momomg metzms.esu:onmsaata�eeim SENSORwww.systemsensoccom rmrsenat2•wm 114120 Duct Smoke Detector The InnovairFlex' Series are the only duct smoke detectors flexible enough to fit configurations from square to rectangular and everything in between. Features • 4 -Wire Photoelectric, integrated low -flow technology • Air velocity rating from 100 ft/min to 4,000 ft/min (0.5 m/s to 20.32 no/sec) • Versatile mounting options: square or rectangular configuration • Plug-in sensor offers superb false alarm immunity and the latest sensor technology • Broad ranges for operating temperature (-4°F to 158'F) and humidity (o% to 95% non -condensing) • Patented sampling tube installs from front or back of the detector with no tools required • Increased wiring space with a newly added 3/4 -inch conduit knockout • One easy -access Test/Reset button and improved LED status • Patented interconnect feature for multi -fan shutdown • New high contrast terminal designations • Built-in short circuit protection from operator wiring errors • Field selectable settings for configuring the detector • Two DPDT Form -C relay contacts • 24 VAC/DC or 120 VAC • Backward compatibility with existing Innovair products, Including remote accessories E6°, '- The InnovairFlex D4120 4 -wire photoelectric duct smoke detector features a pivoting housing that fits both square and rectangular footprints and mounts to round or rectangular ductwork. This unit senses smoke in the most challenging conditions, operating in airflow speeds of 100 to 4,000 feet per minute, temperatures of -4°F to 158°F, and a humidity range of 0 to 95 percent (non - condensing). A plug-in sensor head offers improved false alarm immunity and simple installation, testing, and maintenance. An improved cover design isolates the sensor head from the low -flow feature for simple maintenance. The InnovairFlex housing provides ample wiring space, a 3/ -inch conduit knockout, and built-in short circuit protection to prevent damage to sensitive components during installation. High contrast terminal designations make wiring easy. With its 2:1 sensor -to -power capability, the power board of the D4120 may be used to monitor a second sensor, D4S, simultaneously (i.e., supply and return side). As many as 50 InnovairFlex detectors can be interconnected. When one unit senses smoke, all interconnected detectors will switch their relays; only the detector sensing smoke will go into alarm, thus pinpointing the fire source. An easy -access Test/Reset button makes it possible to test the unit with the cover on. Three DIP switches can be used to configure field selectable settings: cover tamper delay, number of sensors to be controlled, and shut down on trouble option. Each power board has two LEDs that can be used to indicate the status of connected sensors, and a quick reference imprinted on the cover explains the LED status indications (Standby, Maintenance, Trouble, and Alarm). The InnovairFlex duct smoke detector can be customized to meet local codes and specifications without additional wiring. The new InnovairFlex product line is compatible with all previous Innovair Agency Listings models, including remote test accessories. UL<i�M> A LISTED APPROVED S., 30ON1 3242.1653.0207 WARNING: Duct smoke detectors are NOT a substitute for open area smoke detectors; NOT a substitute for early warning detection; NOT a replacement for a building's regular fire detection system. Refer to NFPA 72 and 90A for additional information. InnovairFlex'm Duct Smoke Detector Specifications The air duct smoke detector shall be a System Sensor InnovairFlex'" D4120 Photoelectric Duct Smoke Detector. The detector housing shall be UL listed per UL 268A specifically for use in air handling systems. The flexible housing of the duct smoke detector fits multiple footprints from square to rectangular. The detector shall operate at air velocities of 100 feet per minute to 4000 feet per minute (0.5 to 20.32 meters/second). The unit shall be capable of controlling up to 50 air handling systems when interconnected with other detectors. The detector shall be capable of providing a trouble signal in the event that the front cover is removed. It shall be capable of local testing via magnetic switch, test button on the cover, or remote testing using the RTS2-AOS Multi -Signaling Accessory or the RTS151KEY Remote Test Station. Terminal connections shall be of the strip and clamp method suitable for 12-18 AWG wiring. Size: (RecLinguiar Dimensions) 14.38 in (37 cm) Length; 5 in (12.74 cm) Width; 2.5 in (6.36 cm) Depth (Sal 'are Dimensions) 7.75 in (19.7 cm) Length; 9 in (22.9 cm) Width; 2.5 in (6.35 cm) Depth Weight: Temperature Range: --1. 1 g) D4120 & D4S: -4° to 158°F (-20° to 70°C); D4P120: -10" to 158"F (-40° to 70"C) Operating Storage Temperature Range: D4120 & D4S: -22° to 158'F (-30'to 70°C); D4P120: -40° to 158°F (-40° to 7u -q ...�_„_«:..., 14-141M" Ranoxt 0, to 95, relative humidity non -condensing 20-29 VDC VAC 50-60 Hz 120 VAC 50-60 Hz input capacitance: 270 pF max cru pr Alarm Reset voltage: 3.0 VDC min. 2.0 VAC min. 10 VAC min. Reset time: (with RTS151) .03 to 0.3 sec. . 03 to 0.3 sec. .03 to 0.3 sec. Reset time: (by power aovfni 0.6 sec. Max. 0.6 sec. max. 0.6 sec. max. up time: Power up bn 35 sec. max. 35 sec. max. 35 sec. max. Alarm se time: 15 sec. 15 sec. 15 sec. RTS2/RTS2-AOS be used such that the given accessory loads are: 110 mA or less at the Aux output, and 50 mA or See detector label See detector label See detector label Sensitivity Test: less at the Alarm output Current Requireineres: (Using No Aceessories) Max. standby current: 21 mA @ 24VDC 65 mA RMS @ 24VAC 60Hz 20 mA RMS @ 120VAC 60Hz 65 mA @ 24VDC 135 mA RMS @ 24VAC 60Hz 35 mA RMS @ 120VAC 60Hz 141ax. alarm current: Alan" initiation con#osis: 2.OA @ 30 VDC (resistive) SPST) Alarm auxiliary contacts: 10A @ 30 VDC (resistive); 10A @ 250 VAC (resistive);''/z HP @ 240 VAC ;'/a HP @ 120 VAC (OPOT) Note: Alarm auxiliary contacts shall not be connected to initiating circuits of control panels. Use the alarm initiation contact for this purpose. Rarervisory contacts: (SPOT} 2.OA.@,30 VDC (resistive); 2.0A@ 125 VAC (resistive) _. Standby Trouble Alarm Device-.._. 12.5 mA n/a 30 mA Max. APA1510 APA151 mA n/a 29 mA Max. MHR/MHW 0 mA n/a 12 mA Max. RA100Z RTS151/RTS151KEY 0 mA112 mA n/a 12 mA Max. 3.OmA max 16 mA Max. with strobe: 55 mA max; without strobe 30 mA max RTS2/RTS2-AOS be used such that the given accessory loads are: 110 mA or less at the Aux output, and 50 mA or Note: Any combination of accessories may less at the Alarm output Installing the InnovairFlex Sampling Tube rna innnvairFlex sampling tube may be installed from the front or back of the detector. The tube locks securely into place and can be for 4 -wire Duct Smoke Detector and Accessories POWER INPUTS (NO'TE 1) I >14VACN Fac j IS I /& & I 9 10 OR I AUXILIARY CONTACTS FOR FAN SHUTDOWN, ETC. (NOTE 2) AUXA AUXB ryX_i N N L. N.O. t] 8 10 ] I I SUPERVISORY CONTACTS (NOTE 3) I SUP N . SUP I I I ,p I I I ALARM 6 ALARM N.O. INITIATION CONTACTS (NOTE 4) p ALARM C FIRST DETECTOR IN THE LOOP NOTE 1: 24V Power Inputs accept a non -polarized 24VDC or 24VAC 50-60Hz. 120VAC Power Inputs accept only 120VAC 50-60Hz. Connect power source to appropriate terminals of each detector. See specifications for additional power supply information. NOTE 2: Auxiliary contacts shown in standby position. Contacts switch during alarm as Indicated by arrows. Auxiliary contacts are not to be used for connection to the control panel. See specifications for contact ratings. 'Please refer to the corresponding installation manual for accessory wiring diagrams. POWER INPUTS (NOTE 1)120 I I CV AC 9 10 IS & I I I OR I AUXILIARY CONTACTS FOR FAN SHUTDOWN, ETC. (NOTE 2) AUXA AUX6 I JN N16 0 10 ] I I I SUPERVISORY CONTACTS (NOTE 3) SUP N.O. SUP ALARMs(� ALARM N.O. INITIATION a\ CONTACTS (NOTE 4) a 4 ALARM C __j LASTDETECTO-IN THE LOOP EOL RESISTOR SPECIFIED BY PANEL MANUFACTURER I I I I I NOTE 3: Supervisory contacts shown in standby position. Open contacts indicate a trouble condition to the panel. See specifications for contact ratings. NOTE 4: Alarm Initiation contacts shown in standby position. Closed contacts Indicate an alarm condition to the panel. See specifications for contact ratings. Important Notes on 2:1 Sensor -to -Power Capability • 2:1 sensor -to -power capability is not available for all InnovairFlex models. The feature is only available on the D4120 4 -wire conventional models. • 2:1 sensor -to -power capability can be enabled using one D4120 and one D4S, or two D4S and one D4P 120. Important Interconnect Notes • When using the interconnect feature, all interconnected units must be powered using the same independent supply. • Polarity must be maintained throughout the interconnect wiring. Connect the INT+terminal on unit 1 to the INT+ terminal on unit 2 and so on. Similarly, connect the INT/AUX- terminal on unit 1 to the INT/AUX- terminal on unit 2 and so on. • Up to 50 D4120 units, 50 D4P120 units, or 50 units of combination may be interconnected. • Up to 10 DH100ACDC units may be interconnected. Please note that each of the 9 DH100ACDC units interconnected may be replaced by three D4P120 units. Therefore, when using the interconnect feature a single DH100ACDC can drive either 9 DH100ACDCs or 27 D4120 units. • NOTE: Alarm can be reset only at the initiating device and not at the devices interconnected. Accessories System Sensor provides system flexibility with a variety of accessories, Including two remote test stations and several different means of visible and audible system annunciation. As with our duct smoke detectors, all duct smoke detector accessories are UL listed. RTS161 ULS4011 gR RA1t30Z'UL S2522 Ordering Information RTSti51 KEY UL S2522 N1HLN UL 54011 APA751 UL 54011 i11t41T UL S4011 RTS2-AOS UL 52522 P ♦ e: D4120a 4 -wire photoelectric low -flow duct smoke detector Accessories 4 -wire photoelectric sensor component only ETX Metal exhaust tube duct width 1tt (0.3m) D4S D4P120 4 -wire photoelectric power board component M02-04-00 Test magnet only, 24 VACIDC, 120 VAC 4 -wire conventional photoelectric sensor head MHR Mini Horn, Red 2D51 Metal sampling tube duct width up to tft(0.3m) MHW Mini Horn, White DSTi DST1.5 Metal sampling tube duct widths 1 ftto 2 k P48-21-00 End cap for metal sampling tubes (0.3 to 0.6 m) tube duct widths 2ft to,4tt RA100Z Remote annunciator alarm LED DST3 Metal sampling (0.6 to 1.2 m) DST5 Metal sampling tube duct widths 4 ft to 8 ft RTS151 Remote test station (1.2 to 2.4 m) �.tal ing tube duct widths 8 ft to 12 it RTS151KEY Remote test station with key lock DST -0 sampI (24 to 3.7 m) APA151 Remote annunciator with piezo alarm RTS2 - AOS Multi -signaling accessory with add on strobe �i •� 3825 Ohio Avenue • St. Charles, SYSTEM IL 60174 mzotzsr:em Sill. ,a.n.t°m°mme. m P����e Phone: 800-SENSOR2• Fax: 630-377-6495 el merreteannfartainnmtile mervesenofnh'smaase°Sheet. evosaowz • .oro .50USOR wWwsystemsenso[com U.S. Pat. No. 3921989 Canadian Pat. No. 1009680 Other Patents Pending Potter Electric, Rd., 1990 GENERAL INFORMATION The Model VSR-F is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler systems. It is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thin 8" (50mm thin 200mm). LPC approved sizes are 2" Ebro g" (50mm thru 200mm). The unit may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems. The unit contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are activated when a flow of 10 gallons per minute (38 LPN]) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. ENCLOSURE: The unit is enclosed in a general purpose, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin no. 5400775 for installation instructions of this switch. Service Pressure: Upto450PSI(31 BAR) Minimum Flow Rate forAlarm: 10 GPM (38 LPM) Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5,5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets ofSPDT (Form C) 15.0Amps at 1251250VAC 2.OAmpsat3OVDC Resistive Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit Environmental Specifications: • Suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-casthousing. • NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure -use with appropriate conduit fitting. • Temperature Range: 40°F/120°F, 4,5°C/49°C • Non -corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Caution: This device is not intended for applications in explosive environments. Sizes Available: Steel Pipe schedules 10 thru 40, sizes 2" Earn 8" BS 1387 pipe 50mm do a 200mm Note: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National FireAlamn Code NFPA-72 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, Stock No. 0090018 INSTALLARVIN: Jee rlg.� These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they should be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The units should not be installed within 6" (15em) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow at- within rwithin 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a circular saw in a slow speed drill. The 2" (50mm) and 2 1/2" (65mm) devices require a hole with a diameter of 1 1/4" + 1/8" - 1/16" (33mm t2mm). All other sizes require a hole with a diameter of 2" fl/8" (50mm t2mm). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow. install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to an eventual 20 ft -lbs. (27 n -m) of torque (see Fig. 2). The vane must not orb the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. Specifications subject to change without notice PottHerer Electric Signal Company 1 2081 Craig Road, SL Louis. MO, 63146-4161 •Phone: 800-325-3936/Canada 888-852-1833 • www.pottersignal.com NIKT t18800001 - REV X PAGE I OF? PRINTED IN USA KIM. 95400761 -3,/07 OP P01 -TER The Symbol of Protection FIG. I SWITCH TERMINAL CONNECTIONS CLAMPING PLATE TERMINAL s�? C', OJ Lam, CAUTION: An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged from under the ternumal. FIG.2 OFTIONAI, TAMPER SNITCH RETARD ADJUSTMENT: TO CHANGE TIME TLRH KINDS (EITHER DIRECTION) FOR DESIRED TIME DELAY, USE THE MINIMUM AMOUNT OF PETARD NECESSARY TD PREVEI IT FALSE ALARMS, A '13" SITTING IS DSI,ALT ADEQUATE FOR THIS. FACTORY IS SE- TO "E". TO INSTALL, DRILL HOLE AS INDICATED: PIPE SIZE HO'E SIZE 2" tc 2 t/2" LLOSE ON ALARM (SCmm to S :F1 l3}rum t2rvnj 3" to B"--2.h1/8(oOmm C NU. NC IsroP FID) INLRI TO 200 5:.F, t2mm) Cover Tamper (with cover in place) \YAT•ERFLOWZ LLOSE ON ALARM DIRECTEJNN OF F_____i WSTFRR OW C NU. NC IsroP FID) INLRI o 0 DWG. #761.30 FIG.3 TYPICAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 25ETS OF NORMALLY OPEN CONTAFTti \YAT•ERFLOWZ LLOSE ON ALARM ON FIRE PAN. F_____i a o 0 © THE N C AND © Q N O. MARKINGS ON POSITIVE OC THE S\VVFFH ARE FOR AN ALARM OR HOT AC CONOmON. NEO.hT R THECOMA\1'TSVIC RALAC NLUTMLAC IS WHIN THE. DEVICE I.S IN TNT. AORMAL CONDnION. VSR- VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD DO NOT '_PAVE COV R OFF FCR. EXTENDED PERIOD OF TIME 0 TIGHTEN NUTS ALTERNATELY TO AN EVENTUAL 20FL. BS (27 n -In) OF TORQUE (MOUNT ON PIPE So ARRON ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION OF MATERFLOW POLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATEPF_OW APPROX. PETARD SETTINGS (IN SECS.1 '. NOTES: L The Model VSR-F has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. 2. A condition of LPC Approval of this product is that the electrical entry must be sealed to exclude moisture. 3. For supervised circuits see "Switch Terminal Connections" drawing and caution note (Fig. 1). FIG.4 To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at edge of knockouts, not in the center. APPLICATION WARNING! Due to the possibility of unintended discharges caused by pressure surges, trapped air, or short retard times, watel-low switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems should not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. TESTING The frequency of inspection and testing for the model VSR-F and its associated protective monitoring system Should be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority havingjurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspectol's test valve, that is usually located at the end of the most remote branch line, should always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the [low detection device on the system, application of the VSR-F is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 gpm (38 Lpm) is required to activate this device. IMPORTANT NOTICE: Please advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. ,� --„--tea•. ._:,.;:--_ n. - - PRINTED IN USA I\i KT. 98500001 - REV X PAGE 2 OF 2 \ MFG. 45400761-3/07 R POTTER CONTROLVALVE a The Symbol of Protection SUPERVISORY SWITCH Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts for 1/2" conduit provided. Service Use: NFPA-13 Automatic Sprinkler One or two family dwelling NEPA-13D Residential ocoupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R Al Code NFPA-72 UL, cUL, and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, NYNIEA Accepted, CE Marked Dimensions: 4.75"L x 2.25"W x 8.21H (stem extended) 12,7 cm L x 5,7cm W x 18,3cm I -t Weight: 1.35 Ib. (0,61 kg.) Enclosure: Cover - Die-cast Finish - Red Spatter Enamel Base - Die Cast Linc All parts have corrosion resistant finishes. Cover Tamper: Tamper Resistant Screws, Optional cover tamper switch kit available Mounting: 1/2" NPT Contact Rating: PC'VS-I: One set of SPD -1' (Form C) PCV S-2: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 15 Amps at 125/250VAC 25 Amps at 30VDC resistive Environmental Limitations: -40°F to +140°F (-40°C to 60°C) NEMA 4 and NEMA 6P Enclosure (IP67) when used with appropriate watertight conduit fittings. Indoor or Outdoor Use (Not for use in hazardous locations. See bulletin no. 5400694 P1VS-U-FX for hazardous locations.) National FUre am The Model PCV'S is a weather proof and tamper resistant switch to should be lefhvith the building owner orresponsible pity. Replacement monitoring the Opel, position of fire sprinkler control valves of the post or additional cover screws and hex keys ale available. See ordering indicator, butterfly and other types. Depending on the model, one or information. two SPDT (Form C) contacts are provided which will operate when the Optional Cover Tamper Switch valve position is altered from an open state. Afield installable covertamperswitch is available as anoption which may The Unit mounts in a 1/2" NPT tapped hole in the post indicator m be used to indicate removal of the cover. See ordering information. butterfly valve lousing. The device is engaged by the indicating Testing assembly of O,e post indicator or the operating mechanism of the The PCVS and its associated protective monitoring System should be butterfly valve, actuating switch(es) when the valve is fully open. The tested in accordance with applicable NFi'Fl codes and standards and/or unit should be installed where it is accessible fm'servUce. The cover is held in place by two tamper resistant screws that require the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly a special tool to remove. The tool is furnished with each device and Or more frequently). Ordering Information Model PCVS-I Description Potter Control Valve Switch (single switch) Stock No. 1010107 PCVS-2 Potter Control Valve Switch (double switch) 1010207 Cover Screw 5490424 Hex Key for Cover Screws and Installation Adjustments 5250062 PBK-S Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit -Up to 12" (300mm) 0090133 PBK-L Pratt Butterfly Valve Kit - 14" (355nun) and Lrp (1090132 PVK Pratt Valve Kit 1000060 KBK Optional Cover Tamper Switch Kit Kennedy Butterfly Valve Kit 0090131 0090143 For pressure reducer type valve installation kits (if required) contact valve manufacturer. any • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-0983/C'anada 888-882-1833 • wv+•w.pottersignal.com Power Electric Signal Comp MFG. 95400930 -REV V -I PAGE I OF 4 PRIN'IED IN USA I Vitt II (U—) I II� RDUf\TF1111 r'U IJ uwc +eR.l Typical lnstalla[ions On Post Indicator Valve Housings (See Figs. 3 Thru 6) I S 6 112" l2 5 K OCK(�IIR 4'OR I P.L'tRICr\L f.ONA'FF"fIOA'S SOCKE[IIFAO SLIt[\V I.RVtKMIT ON'(1.`9n0.3 IFROII Rotor to Fig. 2 for the location of pans described in the following instructions. Note: lfthesprinkler systenh is in service the owner or authorized representative should be notified, beton any work is done on the system, that the valve controlling the water supply to the system may be closed for periods of time during the installation and testing of this device, resnitbhg in all or portions of the system being inoperative dill nlg these periods. If the system is not in service and valve is closed, be sure that opening the valve will not allow, any unwanted water flow dueetc.openings in the system, such as heads off, broken or inconhplete piping, 1. Position the valve to fully open ("OPEN" should appear in the window of the housing). partially close the valve while observing the direction that the target assanbly moves. Reopen the valve. If the valve housing is predrilled with a 1,12" NPT for installation of a nhonooring switch, remove the 1/2" plug and filly open the valve. Make sure that "OPEN` appears in the window of the housing. GO TO STEP NO. 6. 2. Rtmove the head and target assembly (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). 3. If She target assenhbly moved up as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottonh of the head to the lower part of the target asscmbfy that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fig. 3). This is usually a plate or bar on the target assembly. on a side adjacent to the "OPEN/SHUT" plates. Subtract 1/8" frons the measurement. If the target moved down as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to ire upper portion of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Pig. 4). Add 1/8" (3,2mm) open end of the nipple to the talget asset", Y. , It tract ( ,_ mal) from this measurement. NOTE: In some cases, it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. 10. Using lire special tool prow ided,loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. 11. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length, from the end of the collar to the end of the rod, using the dimension determined in Step 9. Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod froth the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat step II procedure. 12. Partially close the valve (3 to 4 revolutions of the handle/hand wheel). 13. Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate the switches when the valve is open. Tighten the socket head screw in the collar. 14. Carefully open the valve to the fully open position. As the targetmoves to the open position it should engage the trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel of 1/2 revolution of the handle/ hand wheel after the switches) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). I5. Slowly close the valve. The switch most operate during the first two revolutions of the handle/hand wheel or during 115 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. to this measurement Mark the housing at the proper location. Using a 23/32" (18,2nhm) driI I NOTE: Small adjustments of the target position may be necessary 4, bit, drill and then tap a 1/2" NPT in the housing on the side that coincides (consultation withvalve nhanul'achu'eris recommended). with the portimu of the target assembly that will engage the trip rod of 70 V 14 II (U—) I II� RDUf\TF1111 r'U IJ uwc +eR.l Typical lnstalla[ions On Post Indicator Valve Housings (See Figs. 3 Thru 6) I S 6 112" l2 5 K OCK(�IIR 4'OR I P.L'tRICr\L f.ONA'FF"fIOA'S SOCKE[IIFAO SLIt[\V I.RVtKMIT ON'(1.`9n0.3 IFROII Rotor to Fig. 2 for the location of pans described in the following instructions. Note: lfthesprinkler systenh is in service the owner or authorized representative should be notified, beton any work is done on the system, that the valve controlling the water supply to the system may be closed for periods of time during the installation and testing of this device, resnitbhg in all or portions of the system being inoperative dill nlg these periods. If the system is not in service and valve is closed, be sure that opening the valve will not allow, any unwanted water flow dueetc.openings in the system, such as heads off, broken or inconhplete piping, 1. Position the valve to fully open ("OPEN" should appear in the window of the housing). partially close the valve while observing the direction that the target assanbly moves. Reopen the valve. If the valve housing is predrilled with a 1,12" NPT for installation of a nhonooring switch, remove the 1/2" plug and filly open the valve. Make sure that "OPEN` appears in the window of the housing. GO TO STEP NO. 6. 2. Rtmove the head and target assembly (consultation with valve manufacturer is recommended). 3. If She target assenhbly moved up as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottonh of the head to the lower part of the target asscmbfy that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Fig. 3). This is usually a plate or bar on the target assembly. on a side adjacent to the "OPEN/SHUT" plates. Subtract 1/8" frons the measurement. If the target moved down as the valve was closed, measure the distance from the bottom of the head to ire upper portion of the target assembly that will contact the trip rod of the PCVS (see Pig. 4). Add 1/8" (3,2mm) open end of the nipple to the talget asset", Y. , It tract ( ,_ mal) from this measurement. NOTE: In some cases, it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. 10. Using lire special tool prow ided,loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. 11. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place and adjust the rod length, from the end of the collar to the end of the rod, using the dimension determined in Step 9. Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. NOTE: If trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screw and remove the trip rod froth the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat step II procedure. 12. Partially close the valve (3 to 4 revolutions of the handle/hand wheel). 13. Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate the switches when the valve is open. Tighten the socket head screw in the collar. 14. Carefully open the valve to the fully open position. As the targetmoves to the open position it should engage the trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel of 1/2 revolution of the handle/ hand wheel after the switches) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). I5. Slowly close the valve. The switch most operate during the first two revolutions of the handle/hand wheel or during 115 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. to this measurement Mark the housing at the proper location. Using a 23/32" (18,2nhm) driI I NOTE: Small adjustments of the target position may be necessary 4, bit, drill and then tap a 1/2" NPT in the housing on the side that coincides (consultation withvalve nhanul'achu'eris recommended). with the portimu of the target assembly that will engage the trip rod of 16. Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of fully closed and the PCVS. 5. Replace the head and target assembly. fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and the Loosen the socket head screw that holds the nipple in the PCVS and signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections 6. remove the nipple Screw file IOCIODD that is provided onto the nipple. are secure. 17. when the installation and testing are complete, return valveto its proper 7. 8. Screw the nipple into the ll2° NPT hole in the valve housing - hand position. tighten.Tightenthelocknutagainstthe valve housing to secure the n ipple IS Alternative ins[alla[ionFor other post indicatovalve housing shown in firmly in place. Insert a scale or probe thnl the nippleEST to measure the distance frau the Pig. 5 and 6. 9. u r A'OG.?540098a-REV V`-1 PAGE 20P4 PRINTED IN USA I I/Ill Nates: I. Subject to the approval of the "authority havingjurisdiction" the 2. If the target is stationary and a hood arrangement is used, such is alternate method of installation shown in Fig. 5 may be used. In is shown in Fig. 6, the hood must be drilled with a 23/32" drill and this method, one of the glass winnows of the housing is replaced tapped with a 1/2" NPT. The center line of this hole should be 1/8" with a 1/4" thick metal plate that is cut to fit in place of the glass below the portion of target assembly that strikes the PCVS trip and drilled and tapped to receive the 1/2' NPpipe nipple. In rod. The I1 3/8" dimension shown is for a Clow Valve. Flexible some cases it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the conduit must be used for this type of installation. target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. "Typical Installation On A Butterfly Valve (See Figs. 9 And 10) Refer to Fig. 2 for location of parts described in the following instructions: Bt. 132. 63. B4. B5. B6. P7 B8. Remove the 1/2" NPT plug from the gear operator case. Loosen die set selc\u thatholds he'll in Ole PCVS and remove the nipple. Screw the lockout that is provided onto the nipple. Screwthenipple intothe 1/2" NPrhole intlTegearoperator-hand tighten. 'rightenthe locktmt against the case, to segue the nipple firmly in place. Partially close the valve (3 or 4 revolutions of the hand wheel or crank). Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place. Estimate trip rod length required and extend slightly past that point. Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate switches when valve is open. Note: if trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screen: and remove the nip rod 1}om the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 137 procedure. Remove device from nipple and withdraw trip rod 1/32" (0,80mm) (this dimension is important). Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. Re -install the device on the nipple. Tighten the screw in the collar against the nipple. Note: In some cases it may be necessary to remove the gear box cover to ensure correct operation (consultation with the valve manufacturer is recommended). B9. Carefully open the valve to its hill open position, as the boss on the gear hub moves to the open position it must engage the PCVS trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel or revolution of the crank or hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). Note: Slightidjwhnentofgcarstopsmaybeneccssan•topreventovctnavel ofthe trip roti (consultation with valve noinufrcki e is Pecrommended). BI O.Caretidly closethevalve.The switch(es)mustoperate during thefirst two revolutions of the crank or hand wheel ordering I/5 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. B 11. Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of Fully closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections m"e secure. B 12. When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. Fig. 7 thenking Excessive Rod Length Fig. 8 Switch Terminal connections Clamping Plate Terminal PIZIWED IN USA CAUTION I8i9tl �\ An uninsulated section of single conductor should not be looped around the s� terminal and serve as neo separate connections. The vire most be severed. o _thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged front under the terminal. i mill N1rG. .1400980 - Niv V -I I IIID PAGE -1 CR' I OPQ CONTROLVALVE tion SUPERVISORY SWITCH -, Fig.4 _. Fig.5 Fig.6 Fig. 3 NET.LL 1•L1T1, s MASS UICKLVT Tlfl. l'ARG1�1tTA�Grl RII`I`I lvti.ovilRLOCK- ASVALV'E iinI.dCES I Sra UREH11IARKI:R T"A"Fis UI'[N . OPEN SNITr11 LIT mill'SIVITCt T $P'ITCH SXUI' nfARK[k TARflr _ I. ASSF11Rri mvn•='ir 13 N,Oom1 cel" . no .1110\IS ARIiST an\\v AS . wvrs cr vaLVE I551111T AS VALVE Is SIIUI' _ nvvcr. anl�+a Nates: I. Subject to the approval of the "authority havingjurisdiction" the 2. If the target is stationary and a hood arrangement is used, such is alternate method of installation shown in Fig. 5 may be used. In is shown in Fig. 6, the hood must be drilled with a 23/32" drill and this method, one of the glass winnows of the housing is replaced tapped with a 1/2" NPT. The center line of this hole should be 1/8" with a 1/4" thick metal plate that is cut to fit in place of the glass below the portion of target assembly that strikes the PCVS trip and drilled and tapped to receive the 1/2' NPpipe nipple. In rod. The I1 3/8" dimension shown is for a Clow Valve. Flexible some cases it may be necessary to attach an angle bracket to the conduit must be used for this type of installation. target assembly to engage the PCVS trip rod. "Typical Installation On A Butterfly Valve (See Figs. 9 And 10) Refer to Fig. 2 for location of parts described in the following instructions: Bt. 132. 63. B4. B5. B6. P7 B8. Remove the 1/2" NPT plug from the gear operator case. Loosen die set selc\u thatholds he'll in Ole PCVS and remove the nipple. Screw the lockout that is provided onto the nipple. Screwthenipple intothe 1/2" NPrhole intlTegearoperator-hand tighten. 'rightenthe locktmt against the case, to segue the nipple firmly in place. Partially close the valve (3 or 4 revolutions of the hand wheel or crank). Using the special tool provided, loosen the two cover screws and remove the cover from the PCVS. Loosen the locking screw that holds the trip rod in place. Estimate trip rod length required and extend slightly past that point. Slide the PCVS unit as far as possible onto the nipple, observing which direction the rod will move when the valve is closed. Orient the device to actuate switches when valve is open. Note: if trip rod length is excessive, loosen the locking screen: and remove the nip rod 1}om the trip lever. Using pliers, break off the one (1) inch long notched section (see Fig. 7). Reinstall trip rod and repeat Step 137 procedure. Remove device from nipple and withdraw trip rod 1/32" (0,80mm) (this dimension is important). Tighten the locking screw to hold the rod in place. Re -install the device on the nipple. Tighten the screw in the collar against the nipple. Note: In some cases it may be necessary to remove the gear box cover to ensure correct operation (consultation with the valve manufacturer is recommended). B9. Carefully open the valve to its hill open position, as the boss on the gear hub moves to the open position it must engage the PCVS trip rod and actuate the switch(es). There should be a minimum overtravel or revolution of the crank or hand wheel after the switch(es) actuate (a continuity meter connected to each set of contacts is one method that could be used to determine this). Note: Slightidjwhnentofgcarstopsmaybeneccssan•topreventovctnavel ofthe trip roti (consultation with valve noinufrcki e is Pecrommended). BI O.Caretidly closethevalve.The switch(es)mustoperate during thefirst two revolutions of the crank or hand wheel ordering I/5 of the travel distance of the valve control apparatus from its normal condition. B 11. Complete the required electrical wiring, connections and tests. The valve should be operated through the entire cycle of Fully closed and fully open to determine the integrity of the PCVS installation and signaling system. Check that all electrical and mechanical connections m"e secure. B 12. When the installation and testing are complete, return valve to its proper position. Fig. 7 thenking Excessive Rod Length Fig. 8 Switch Terminal connections Clamping Plate Terminal PIZIWED IN USA CAUTION I8i9tl �\ An uninsulated section of single conductor should not be looped around the s� terminal and serve as neo separate connections. The vire most be severed. o _thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire becomes dislodged front under the terminal. i mill N1rG. .1400980 - Niv V -I I IIID PAGE -1 CR' I V n 0 PCVS-I,,-2 CONTROL VALVE ThSUPERVISORY SWITCH .............. ITT Grinnell/Kennedy Indicating Butterfly Valve Fig. 9 PBK - Pratt IBV Butterfly Valve Kit Fig. 12 LACI BOTH vALvnor", ower rnR.e BRACK1, AND LOCIM SIATLIE WITH PH AIBIRTH KIT Model PBK-L \ i Stock No. 0090132 (M ri Actuator) Model PBI: -M Stock No. 0090146 (MDI -3S Actuator) Model PSK -S Stock No. 0090133 IMD1=2S Actuator) pool off Butterfly Valve Kit as used to mond a PCVS on a Pmlt Model IBV Valve. Kits cstntain: Bracket,nnts and instructions Note This application is subject to the approval 01, the ,,,then phodOpplrisdictim, PRIN'(I-1) IN LSA Dresser Indicating Butterfly Valve Fig. 10 e l E3 6 (I3mm) Uwcu9807 PV K - Pratt PIVA Post Indicator Valve Kit (Stock No. 1000060) Fig. 13 MACHINE SCREW98-32 Poin Valve Kit as used to mount a PCVS on a Pratt Model PI VA Valve. Kit comm Instructions, template, 'Cie. and our. Note. This aploication is Sa iect to the approval urthe nathouly haYingjudeiction. MPG. 45400930 - REV V-1 II/10 V. Typical Pressure Reducer Type Valve Installation Fig. 11 COLLAR LOCKNL III R NII119.E revs I!1 ri'(I'6,ast MIN. GAP o\„anmo.He This figure Shows the Model PCVS mounted oil flit valve yoke, with a bracket supplied by the valve manufacturer. to supervise a pressure reducer type valve. Note: This application is subject to the approval ofthe authorip• having jurisdiction. Typical Electrical Connections Please Note: This device should be wired in accordance with the applicable parts of the National Flecotcal Code, all slate and local codes, applicable NFPA Standards and the requirements of Ole oulmrity' havingjotisdiction. Fig. 14 LOCAL CIRCVIn N.O. maL a.c Nc TU POw5R W0. DEVICE pr.VICF. INUIC'ATINU OF.\'IC'F TO$l!I`FRVISnNY V.O CINCUIf UFC'UMIIOL CVi-l'UNF s PANEL C'OM1I. N.C. ItrcltiTnR Contacts shove in normal (valve open) condition. Typical Switch Action OPEN V,LVE "Al Dom CLOSUl 111FI; lost NON fell VQ CONI, 4n $\\'ill $lVul 1 't I VO. COM. \I). s'w ux aw ll. owcn vm n Switches Shown in Valve Open Position PAG E4 01 i K I/n�lr-r' VI�;.ti;.r rvr7�/ lira 1ov/irtni (irr riir�ar''Srrrri�t^� ,�rrriv�r�`ro�� gr•r 11 ;;Tvi n iry r'�117 .1Yi�1rt�r DITEK's 2MHLP series of signal, data and loop circuit surge protectors provide robust protection in a compact package. Designed for ease of installation, with convenient field -replaceable modules, the 2MHLP protects two circuit pairs per module. Applications include protection of 4-20mA current loops, alarm panel NAC, SLC and IDC loops, and burglar alarm panels. The DTK-2MHLP is suitable for use on AC and DC circuits. DTKDTK-2MHLP Product Features hybrid • Multi -stage, SAD technology, by design provides the best possible protection • Hard -wire mounting base • Field replaceable, hot swappable, modular edge card connection design • Six voltage levels available to protect all types of voice/data applications • Two pairs protected per module; when used with mounting base (DTK-MB) modules can be ganged to protect up to ten pairs with a common ground Ten Year Limited Warranty Specifications Agency Approvals: UL497B Connection Method — Module: Edge card into DTK- MB mounting base Base: 10AWG max screw terminals Max Continuous Current: 5 Amps Max Surge Current: 20kA Data Rate: 200kbps (5v) to 2Mbps (130V) Protection Modes: Line -Ground (All) Operating Temperature: -40°F - 158°F (-40-C - 70°C) Maximum Humidity: 95% non -condensing Dimensions — Module: 1.9"H x 2.1"W x 1.4"D (48mm x 53mm x 36mm) — Module with Base: 2.6"H x 3.25"W x 1.5"D (66mm x 83mm x 38mm) Weight: 1.2 oz (34g) without base; 2.8 oz(79g) with base Housing: ABS Selection Guide Example: DTK-2MHLP24BWB DTK-2MHLP_B_ Select Voltage: 5, 12, 24, 36, 48, 75 WB: 2MHLP with Single Mounting Base DTK-MB10: Hardwire mounting base DTK-MBV: Horizontal wiring across base Multiple module mounting bases available separately (DTK-MB, DTK-2MB, DTK-3MB, DTK-4MB, DTK-5MB) Example: (3) DTK-2MHLP36B + (1) DTK-3MB Performance Data Model Service DTK- Voltage MCOV Typical Let Through Voltage lts 5 Volts 6.8V s 18 Volts 21.6 V ts M 33 Volts 39V ts 48 Volts 57V ts 64 Volts 76V lts 90 Volts 108 V &1 ®, �,i LISTED One DITEK Center 1-800-753-2345 Direct: 727-812-5000 Doc. Number: SPS -100010-001 Rev 12 01114 Technical Support: 1-888-472-6100 ©2011 DITEK Corp. i,on cfarkav Road ... _ Rncrifiratinn .4uhiect to Channn 7810, 800-327-2443, Fax: 908-687-8860 www.poigeelectric.com SPt:� U7 183PRWF 3 PAIRS 18 AWG STRANDED TYPE FPL 1.0 SCOPE: 1.1 18 AWG, 3 pair unshielded cable constructed with stranded bare copper conductors, polypropylene insulation, and an overall white PVC jacket for data communications / security applications. Manufactured in the USA. Type FPL UL Standard 1424 NEC Article 760 UL 1581 CSFM ; IIA] 2.4 2.0 CONSTRUCTION: 2.1 CONDUCTOR: 2.1.1 Material: Bare Copper , 2.1.2 Size: 18 AWG 2.5 2.1.3 Construction: 7 Strand 2.2 INSULATION: 2.2.1 Material: Polypropylene 22.2 Wall Thickness:.006" nom. 2.2.3 ° O.D.::058" nom, 2.2.4 Color'code: , Pair 1: Back, Red, Pair 2 Yellow, Green Pair.3: Brown, Blue ASSEMBLY: #;r 2.3.1 Lay -Length: Pairs 1 75`7 2.0" LHC nom. Cable:' 5P LHL nom. JACKET' - 2.4.1 Material,PVC 2.4.2 Wall Thickness: .020" 2.4.3 OD:.264" nom. 2.4.4 Color: White 2.4.'5' RIPCORD UNDER JACKET 2.4.6 Markings: Paige 74183PRWH 18/3PR El 91596 C(UL) FPL "RoHS COMPLIANT" DESCENDING FOOTAGE MARKINGS EVERY TWO FEET ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 2.5.1 Temperature: -20`C to 75'C 2.5.2 Voltage: 300 Volt 2.5.3 Capacitance: 20 pF/Ft nom. 2.5.4 Impedance: 81 Ohms 2.5.5 DC Resistance: 6.3 Ohms/M' @ 20"C 2.6 PUT -UPS 2.6.1 1000' 1 Pac 3 Box 99HO02G 2.6.2 Weight: 41 lbs /1000' The information and specifications described herein are subjeOito error or omission and to change without notice. n no event will Paige provides the information and specilications herein on an "AS IS" basis, with no special, pun tations or punitive, or exemplary plwarranties,whetherehatsoever,r,tevern it ehasl been advised Paige be liable for any damages (including consequential, indirect, incidental, special, p damages)Paige of the possibility of such damages, whether in an .,lion under' contract, negligence or any other theory, arising out of or in connection with the use. or inability to use, the information or specifications described herein. GWM74183PRWH +aJE; Rev 1.6 10/14/10-Q 'd=i 7-7810, 800-327-2443, Fax: 908-687-8860 www.paigeelectric.com spe ltshsllrlll� 74122162WH 2 CONDUCTOR 12 AWG STRANDED + 2 CONDUCTOR 16 AWG STRANDED SIAMESE TYPE CL3/FPL 1.0 SCOPE: 1.1 Two element composite cable, (2) conductors 12 AWG unshielded, overall color -coded polypropylene insulation; (2) conductors 16AWG unshielded, overall color -coded polypropylene insulation, overall cabled and jacketed with PVC in a siamese construction for data communications and security applications. Manufactured in the USA and listed (UL) CL3/FPL 750. UL Standards 13 & 1424 NEC Articles 725 & 760 UL 1581 CSFM 2.0 CONSTRUCTION: 2.1 ELEMENT 1: 12/2 CONDUCTOR: 2.1.1 Material: Bare ;Copper 2.1.2 Size: 12 AWG ` 2.1.3 Construction: -119 Strand 2.2 INSULATION: 22,1_- Material: Polypropylene (PP) 2.2;2 Wall Thickness -'.010" nom. 2.2.3 O.0 ::115" nom 2.2.4`, color code: 1 -Black, 2 -Red 2.3' , ASSEMBLY: 2:3,1 Cabled conductors 2.4 ELEMENT 2: 16/2 CONDUCTOR: 2.4.1 Material: Bare Copper 2.4.2 Size: 16 AWG 2.4.3 Construction: 7 Strand 2.5 2.6 2.7 I n INSULATION: 2.5.1 Materiali:Polypropylene (PP) 2.5.2 Wall Thickness; .0'10" nom. 2.5.3 O. D , .070" nom 2.5.4.- Color code: 1 -Yellow, 2 -Green ASSEMBLY,, ". 2.6.1 Cabled conductors OVERALL JACKET: 2.7.1 Material: PVC 2.7.2 Wall Thickness: .020" nom. 2.7.3 OD: TBD 2.7.4 Color: White 2.7.5 RIPCORD UNDER JACKET OF EACH ELEMENT 2.7.6 Markings: PAIGE 74122162WH E191596 12/2C+16/2C C(UL) CL3/FPL "ROHS COMPLIANT" DESCENDING FOOTAGE MARKINGS EVERY TWO FEET 2.8 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 2.8.1 Temperature: -20°C to 60°C 2.8.2 Voltage: 300 Volt 2.8.3 DC Resistance: 12 AWG: 1.6 Ohms/M' @ 20°C 16 AWG: 4.1 Ohms/M' @ 20'C 2.9 PUT -UPS 2.9.1 750' 1 Pac 2 Box 99H001 G 2.9.2 Weight: 601bs / 750' The information and specifications described herein are subject to error or omission and to change without notice Paige provides the information and specifications herein on an "AS IS' basis, with no representations or warranties, whether express, statutory or implied. In no event will Paige be liable for any damages (including consequential, indirect, incidental, special, punitive, or exemplary damaged whatsoever, even if Paige hos been advised of the possibility of such damages, whether in an action under contract, negligence or any other theory, arising out of or in connection with the use, or inability to use, the information or specifications described herein. Rey 1.7 10/15/10-� G-WM74122162WH i GENESIS CABLE SYSTEMS Customer Specification (Part Number: 4159 Description: 18 AWG 8/C DIRECT BURIAL FPL UL Standard 13 AND 1424; NEC Article 760 Conductor 18 AWG Stranded Bare Copper No. of Conductors 8 Accamh1v Tubed jacket over twisted insulated conductors Jacket Type PVC Color BLACK Thickness 0.045" nom. Diameter 0.375" nom. Legend (Ink Print) GENESIS CABLE SYSTEMS 18 AWG 81C (UL) TYPE FPLICL2 E175105 SUN. RES. DIR BUR w/o# _ XXXXX FT Properties Temperature Rating Insulation Type SRPVC —olor Blk, Red,Ylw,Grn,Brn,Blu,Ppl,Pnk Thickness 0.020" nom. Diameter 0.085" nom. Lay Length 6.0" nom. Jacket Type PVC Color BLACK Thickness 0.045" nom. Diameter 0.375" nom. Legend (Ink Print) GENESIS CABLE SYSTEMS 18 AWG 81C (UL) TYPE FPLICL2 E175105 SUN. RES. DIR BUR w/o# _ XXXXX FT Properties Temperature Rating -20 to 60 °C Operating Voltage 300 Volts max. Capacitance 19 pf/ft nom. Impedance 103 Ohms nom. DC Resistance 6.2 Ohms/M' at 20°C Flame Rating UL Vertical Tray Applicant ID No,, 974889-001 Service Center No:1 Expires. - 31 -MAR -2 -016 --- CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the Alarm Service Company indicated below is included by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL) in its Product Directories as eligible to use the UL Listing Markin connection with Certificated Alarm Systems. The only evidence of compliance with UL's requirements is the issuance of a UL Certificate for the Alarm System and the Certificate is current under UL's Certificate Verification Service. This Certificate does not apply in any way to the communication channel between the protected property and any facility that monitors signals from the protected property unless the use of a UL listed or Classifietl Alarm Transport Company is specified on the Certificate. Listed Service From: BENTONVILLE, AR Alarm Service Company'(974889-001) WAL-MART STORES INC ALARM CENTRAL 702 SW STH ST BENTONVILLE AR 72716 The Alarm Service Company is Listed in the following Gertrric CCN List1i -i 3teg©ry - Service Center: (974889-001) WAL-MART STORES INC ALARM CENTRAL 702 SW 8TH ST BENTONVILLE AR 72716 Service Categories: THIS CERTIFICATE EXPIRES ON 3�=MAR 2Q16* "LOOK FOR THE UL ALARM SYSTEM--CERTdFICATE"